175
Vv CIO Mfik-IM SYNTHETIC APPROACHES TO THE ALKALOIDS CYCLEANINE, INSULARINE AND CISSACAPINE by MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS submitted in fulfilment of the requirements for the degree PHILOSOPHIAE DOCTOR in CHEMISTRY in the FACULTY OF SCIENCE of RAND AFRIKAANS UNIVERSITY Supervisor: Professor F.R. van Heerden MAY 2003

MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    6

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Vv CIO

Mfik-IM

SYNTHETIC APPROACHES TO THE

ALKALOIDS CYCLEANINE, INSULARINE

AND CISSACAPINE

by

MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA

THESIS

submitted in fulfilment

of the requirements for the degree

PHILOSOPHIAE DOCTOR

in

CHEMISTRY

in the

FACULTY OF SCIENCE

of

RAND AFRIKAANS UNIVERSITY

Supervisor: Professor F.R. van Heerden

MAY 2003

Page 2: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

To my late sister Ndivhuwo Faith Maumela

22 May 1987 - 19 April 2000

Page 3: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I would like to thank my Creator, the Almighty God.

I would also like to express my sincere gratitude to Professor Fanie van Heerden for

her supervision, support and encouragement throughout this project. Her advice,

ideas, remarks and confidence torwards me are greatly appreciated.

My sincere thanks are aslo due to the following people:

Dr. Linda van der Merwe and Ian Voster of Rand Afrikaans University for

recording the NMR and MS spectra.

National Research Foundation (NRF), Medical Research Council (MRC) and

Rand Afrikaans University for financial support.

All the Organic Chemistry group members of Prof. Fanie van Heerden, Prof.

Cedric Holzapfel and Prof. Bradley Williams for the discussions and frienship.

My parents, Jonas and Emely for their love and support.

All my friends.

Page 4: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Synopsis i

Samevatting iii

List of abbreviations v

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 Introduction 1

1.2 Malaria 2

1.3 Bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids 3

1.3.1 Nomenclature of bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids 4

1.3.2 Biosynthesis of bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids 4

1.3.3 Chemical constituents of Cissampelos capensis 8

1.4 Aim of this study 9

1.5 References 11

CHAPTER 2: SYNTHESIS OF BISBENZYLISOQUINOLINE ALKALOIDS:

A LITERATURE REVIEW

2.1 Introduction 13

2.2 Synthesis of isoquinoline ring 16

2.2.1 Bischler-Napieralski reaction 17

2.2.1.1 Reaction mechanism 19

2.2.1.2 Direction of ring closure 20

2.2.1.3 Enantioselective synthesis of optically-pure isoquinoline

alkaloids via Bischler-Napieralski reaction 22

2.2.2 Pictect-Spengler reaction 25

2.2.3 Pomeranz-Fritsch reaction 26

2.3 Diaryl ether synthesis 27

2.4 Methods for diaryl ether synthesis 28

2.4.1 Nucleophilic aromatic synthesis 28

2.4.2 Copper-catalysed Ullmann ether synthesis 29

Page 5: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.4.3 Diaryl ether synthesis mediated by metal-arene complexes 35

2.4.4 Thallium(III) nitrate oxidative diaryl ether synthesis 35

2.4.5 Diaryl ether synthesis mediated by potassium fluoride-alumina

and 18-Crown-6 36

2.4.6 Palladium-catalysed diaryl ether synthesis 37

2.4.7 Conclusion 39

2.5 Previous synthesis of dl-cycleanine (1.28) 40

2.5.1 Conclusion 45

2.6 References 46

CHAPTER 3: SYNTHESIS OF PRECURSORS FOR THE BISBENZYLISO-

QUINOLINE

3.1 Introduction 50

3.2 Retrosynthetic analysis 50

3.3 Methyl 3 -(4-acetylphenoxy)-4,5 -dimethoxyb enzoate (3.8) 55

3.4 Methyl 4 -(5 -formy1-2,3 -dimethoxyphenoxy)phenyl acetate (3.10) 59

3.5 13-Phenethylamine derivatives of 3.2 63

3.5.1 Nitrostyrene method 63

3.5.2 Nitrile route 68

3.6 11H-dibenzo[b, e][1 , 4] di oxep in e 3.14 70

3.7 Unsuccessful attempted synthesis of acid derivative of 3.16 79

3.8 11H-dibenzo[b, e][1 , 4] di o xep in e 3.15 79

3.9 Conversion of 11H-dibenzo [b , e][1,4]dioxepine 3.15 to methyl acetate

derivative 3.16 83

3.10 13-Phenethylamine derivatives of 3.3 84

3.11 Model carboxamide formation and attempted Bischler-Napieralski

reaction 88

3.12 Synthesis of optically-pure benzyltetrahydroisoquinoline intermediates

3.98 and 3.103 91

3.13 Attempted phenoxylation of bisbenzyltetrahydroisoquinoline 3.98 96

3.14 Conclusion and Further Work 97

3.15 Conclusion 99

Page 6: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CHAPTER 4: EXPERIMENTAL

4.1 General 102

4.2 Synthetic procedures 103

4.2.1 Methyl 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate (3.27) 103

4.2.2 Methyl 3,4-dihydroxy-5-methoxybenzoate (3.30) 104

4.2.3 Methyl 3,4-bis(acetoxy)-5-methoxybenzoate (3.31) 104

4.2.4 Methyl 3-acetoxy-4,5-dimethoxybenzoate (3.33) 105

4.2.5 Methyl 3 -hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxyb enzoate (3.7) 106

4.2.6 Methyl 3-(4-acetylphenoxy)-4,5-dimethoxybenzote (3.8) 106

4.2.7 Methyl 3 [4-(1, 1-dimethoxyethyl)phenoxy]-4,5-dimethoxy

benzoate (3.34) 107

4.2.8 4-(5-Hydroxymethy1-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)acetophenone (3.35) 108

4.2.9 3 -(4-Acetylphenoxy)-4,5-dimethoxyb enzaldehyde (3.9) 109

4.2.10 Methyl 4-(5-formyl-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenylacetate (3.10) 110

4.2.10.1 Lead(IV) acetate oxidative rearrangement 110

4.2.10.2 TTN oxidative rearrangement 110

4.2.11 Methyl 4- 2,3 -dimethoxy-5-[(E)-2-nitrovinyl] phenoxylphenyl

acetate (3.48a) 111

4.2.12 Borohydride Exchange Resin (BER) 112

4.2.13 Methyl 442,3 -dimethoxy-5-(2-nitro ethyl)phenoxy]phenylacetate

(3.48b) 113

4.2.14 Methyl 4-[5-(2-amino ethyl)-2,3 -dimethoxyphenoxy] phenylacetae

(3.11c) 114

4.2.15 2- { 4-(2-aminoethyl)-2, 3 -dimethoxyphenoxy] } phenylethanol

(3.53a) 115

4.2.16 445-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-2,3-dimethoxy

phenoxylethanol (3.53b) 116

4.2.17 4[2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy

phenylacetic acid (3.11b) 117

4.2.18 Methyl 4-(5-hydroxymethy1-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenyl

acetate (3.54) 118

4.2.19 Methyl 4-(5-chloromethy1-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenyl

acetate (3.55) 119

Page 7: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.20 Methyl 4-(5-cyanomethy1-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenyl

acetate (3.54) 120

4.2.21 Methyl 4-(5-(2-tetr-butovcarbonylaminoethy1-2,3-

dimethoxyphenoxy)phenylacetate (3.11a) 121

4.2.22 Compound 3.11b via hydrolysis of methyl ester derivative 3.11a 122

4.2.23 Compound 3.11c via N-Boc removal of 3.11a 122

4.2.24 Methyl 3-acetoxy-4-(2-bromobenzyloxy)-5-methoxybenzoate

(3.63) 122

4.2.25 Methyl 4-(2-bromobenzyloxy)-3-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoate

(3.64) 123

4.2.26 Methyl 9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b, e][1,4] dioxepine-7-carboxylate

(3.65) 124

4.2.27 1-Bromo-2,4-dimethylbenzene (3.66) 124

4.2.28 1-Bromo-2-bromomethy1-4-dibromomethylbenzene (3.67) 125

4.2.29 4-Bromo-3-bromomethylbenzaldehyde (3.68) 126

4.2.30 Methyl 3-acetoxy-4-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoate (3.69) 126

4.2.31 Methyl 3-acetoxy-4-(2-bromo-5-formylbenzyloxy)-5-methoxy

benzoate (3.71) 127

4.2.32 Methyl 4-(2-bromo-5-formylbenzyloxy)-3-hydroxy-5-methoxy

benzoate (3.12) 128

4.2.33 Methyl 2-formy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine-7-

carboxylate (3.14) 129

4.2.33.1 Copper-catalysed diaryl ether formation 129

4.2.33.2 Palladium-catalysed diaryl ether formation 129

4.2.34 Methyl 2-hydoxymethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]

dioxepine-7-carboxylate (3.72a) 131

4.2.35 Methyl 2-hydoxymethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]

dioxepine-7-carboxylate (3.72b) 132

4.236 4-Fluoro-3-methylacetophenone (3.76) 133

4.2.37 3 -B romomethy1-4-fluoro acetophenone (3.77) 133

4.2.38 Methyl 4-(acetyl-2-fluorobenzyloxy)-3-acetoxy-5-methoxy

benzoate (3.78) 134

4.2.39 Methyl 4-(5-acetyl-2-fluorobenzyloxy)-3-hydroxy-5-methoxy

benzoate (3.13) 135

Page 8: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.40 Methyl 2-acetyl-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , e] [ 1,4]dioxepine-2-

carboxylate (3.15) 136

4.2.41 1-(7-Hydroxymethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , e] [ 1,4]

dioxepin-2-yl)ethanone (3.79) 137

4.2.41.1 Acetalisation 137

4.2.41.2 LiA1H4 reduction 137

4.2.42 2-Acety-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , e][1,4]dioxepine-7-

carbaldehyde (3.80) 138

4.2.43 Methyl (7-formy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , e][ 1,4]dioxepin-2-

yl)acetate (3.16) 139

4.2.44 Methyl {9-methoxy-7-[(E)-2-nitroviny1]-11H-dibenzo [b , e][ 1,4]

Dioxepin-2-yl}acetate (3.81) 140

4.2.45 247-(2-Aminoethyl)-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , e][1,4]dioxepin-

yl]ethanol (3.82) 141

4.2.46 Methyl (7-hydroxymethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , e] [ 1,4]

dioxepin-2-yl)acetate (3.83) 141

4.2.47 Methyl (7-chloromethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , e][ 1,4]

dioxepin-2-yl)acetate (3.84) 142

4.2.48 Methyl (7-cyanomethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , e] [ 1,4]

dioxepin-2-yl)acetate (3.85) 143

4.2.49 Methyl (7-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-9-methoxy-11H-

dibenzo[b, e][ 1,4]dioxepin-2-yl)acetate (3.17) 144

4.2.50 Preparation of coupling reagent DMTMM (3.87) 145

4.2.50.1 2-Chloro-2,4-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazene (3.86b) 145

4.2.50.2 DMTMM (3.87) 145

4.2.51 Methyl 4-{5-(2-{445-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-2,3-

dimethoxyphenoxy]phenyl}acetylamino)ethyl]-2,3-

dimethoxyphenoxy}phenylacetate (3.88a) 146

4.2.52 4- { 542- { 445-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-2,3-

dimethoxyphenoxy]phenyl}acetylamino)ethy1]-2,3-

dimethoxyphenoxy}phenylacetic acid (3.88b) 147

4.2.53 4-{5-(2-{445-(2-Aminoethyl)-2,3-

dimethoxyphenoxy]phenyl}acetylamino)ethyl]-2,3-

dimethoxyphenoxy}phenylacetic acid (3.88c) 148

Page 9: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.54 3-Bromo-4-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzaldehyde (3.89) 148

4.2.55 3 -B romo-4,5 -dimethoxyb enzaldehyde (3.90) 149

4.2.56 3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxybenzyl alcohol (3.91) 150

4.2.57 3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxybenzyl chloride (3.92) 150

4.2.58 3 -B romo-4,5-dimethoxyp henylacetonitril e (3.93) 151

4.2.59 3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenylacetic acid (3.23) 152

4.2.60 (S)-2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenypethy1]-N-(1-phenylethyl)

acetamide (3.94) 152

4.2.61 (S)-N-[2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenypethy1]-1-phenethyl

amine (3.95) 153

4.2.62 (S)-N-[2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenypethy1]-2-(4-

isopropyloxypheny1)-N-(1-phenylethypacetamide (3.96) 154

4.2.63 (S)-8-B romo-1-(4-i sopropyl oxyb enzy1)-6, 7-dimethoxy-2-(1-

phenyl ethyl)-1, 2,3,4-tetrahydroi soquinoline (3.98) 155

4.2.64 (R)-2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenypethyll-N-(1-phenethyl)

acetamide (3.99) 156

4.2.65 (R)-N-[2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenypethy1]-1-phenethyl

ethylamine (3.100) 157

4.2.66 (R)-N-[2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenypethy1]-2-(4-

isopropyloxypheny1)-N-(1-phenylethyl)acetamide (3.101) 157

4.2.67 (R)-8-Bromo-1-(4-isopropyloxybenzy1)-6,7-dimethoxy-2-

(1-phenyl ethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (3.103) 158

4.3 References 159

Page 10: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

SYNOPSIS

The objective of the research described in this thesis was to develop a synthetic

method that can be applied to the synthesis of the natural

bisbenzyltetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids cissacapine, insularine, insularoline,

cycleanine and analogues thereof.

In this study two different strategies that allow easy entry to the precursors of these

alkaloids were developed, and these set the scene for future total synthesis of these

alkaloids. The key features of the first approach comprise the linkage of the two

appropriate rings to form the diaryl ether moiety as well as the preparation of the

11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine tricyclic system. Previous approaches to the diaryl

ether formation are not suitable for large-scale reactions. We have herein described

the preparation of the diaryl ether precursors in high yields and our approach is

suitable for large-scale preparations.

A search of the literature method revealed only two published methods for the

preparation of the 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine system. Both these two methods

produce compounds containing this moiety in low yields. In our studies this aspect

was addressed satisfactorily. Unfortunately, our attempts to complete the synthesis of

these alkaloids through Bischler-Napieralski reaction was met with no success, the

problem been ascribed to the unoptimised Bischler-Napieralski conditions used.

Our second approach involves the preparation of benzylisoquinoline units that are

precursors of cycleanine. The published method to the derivatives of the cycleanine

precursors is non-stereopecific and produces racemic benzylisoquinolines.

Our synthetic route is a chiral auxiliary-based asymmetric version that produces the

optically-pure benzylisoquinoline monomers. The key features of this route involve

incorporation of the chiral auxiliary on the nitrogen atom, Bischler-Napieralski

cyclisation of the resultant chiral amides and finally stereoselective reduction of the

3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium ion possessing the chiral auxiliary. This route employs

both optically-pure (S)- and (R)-1-phenethylamine as the chiral source. Optically-

Page 11: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

pure diastereomers were obtained. Our approach is a vast improvement compared to

the previously described non-stereospecific method since it allows easy and good

stereoselective access to both diastereomers in good yield. Unfortunately, one of the

concluding steps leading to the formation of the dimeric stereoisomers of cycleanine

through diaryl ether formation using the recently published methods was not

successful. This is ascribed to the electron-rich nature of the isoquinoline ring.

ii

Page 12: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

SAMEVATTING

Die doel van die navorsing beskryf in hierdie verhandeling is die ontwikkeling van 'n

hoe-opbrengs sintetiese metode wat toegepas kan word op die sintese van die

natuurlike bisbensieltetrahidroisokwinolien alkaloIede cissacapine, insularine,

insularoline en derivate daarvan.

In hierdie studie is twee verskillende strategiee wat maklike toegang na die voorloper

verbindings verseker, gellustreer. Die sleuteleienskappe van die eerste benadering

bestaan uit die koppeling van twee gepaste ringe om 'n diarieleter groep te vorm,

sowel as die bereiding van 11H-dibenso[b,e][1,4]dioksepien trisikliese sisteem.

Vorige benanderings tot die diarieleter vorming is nie geskik vir reaksie op groot

skaal nie. Ons beskryf die bereiding van die diarieleter voorlopers en ons benadering

is geskik vir grootskaal bereidings.

'n Literatuur soektog het aan die lig gebring dat daar net twee gepubliseerde metodes

vir die bereiding van 11H-dibenso[b,e][1,4]dioksepien sisteem is. Beide hierdie

metodes is teleurstellend as gevolg van lae opbrengste. In ons studies is hierdie

aspekte suksesvol aangespreek. Ongelukkig was ons pogings om die sintese van die

alkaloIede deur die Bischler-Napieralskie reaksie te voltooi, onsuksesvol met die

probleem wat toegeskryf kan word aan die Bischler-Napieralskie kondisies.

Ons tweede benadering het die voorbereiding van bensielisokwinoliene ingesluit wat

`n voorloper is vir cycleanine. Die gepubliseerde metode vir die derivate van hierdie

cycleaninevoorlopers is nie stereospesifiek nie en produseer rasemiese

bensielisokwinolieneenhede.

Ons benadering is 'n chirale hulpreagensgebaseerde assimetriese weergawe wat opties

suiwer bensielisokwinolien monomere produseer. Die hoofeienskap van hierdie roete

sluit in die inkorporering van die chirale hulpreagens op die stikstof, Bischler-

Napieralski siklisering van die gevormde chirale amied en ook die reduksie van die

3,4-dihidroisokwinoliniumioon wat 'n chirale hulpreagens bevat. Ons sintetiese roete

iii

Page 13: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

maak gebruik van beide optiese suiwer (S)- en (R)-fenetielamiene as die chirale bron.

Optiese-suiwer diastereoisomere is verkry. Ons benadering is 'n groot verbetering in

vergelyking met vorige nie-stereospesifieke metodes aangesien maklike en goeie

stereoselektiewe toegang gebied word na beide diastereoisomere in goeie opbrengs.

Ongelukkig was die stap wat lei na die vorming van die stereoisomere van die

cycleanine deur die diarieleter vorming deur gebruik to maak van onlangs

gepubliseerde metodes, onsuksesvol. Dit kan toegeskryf word aan die elektronryke

natuur van die isokwinolien ring.

iv

Page 14: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

ABBREVIATIONS

abs absolute

Ac acetyl

aq. aqueous

Ar aryl

BBI bisbenzylisoquinoline

BER borohydride exchange resin

Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl

`Bu tert-butyl

Cbz benzyloxycarbonyl

conc concentrated

DCC 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide

DMAC N,N-dimethylacetamide

DMF N,N-dimethylformamide

DMSO dimethyl sulphoxide

DMTMM 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazen-2-y1)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride

EDC 1 -(3 -dimethylaminopropyl)-3 -ethylcarb odiimi de

eq. equivalent

Et ethyl

EtOAc ethyl acetate

Hz hertz

IR infrared spectroscopy

lit. literature

m.p. melting point

MS mass spectrometry

NBS N-bromosuccinimide

NMM N-methylmorpholine

NMP N-methylpyrrolidinone

NMR nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy

NOE nuclear Overhauser effect

OTf triflate

PCC pyridinium chlorochromate

v

Page 15: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Ph phenyl

iPr isopropyl

Py pyridine

rt room temperature

THE tetrahydrofuran

TMHD 2,2,6,6-tetramethylheptane-3,5-dione

p-TsOH para-toluene sulphonic acid

TLC thin-layer chromatography

TTN thallium(M) trinitrate

vi

Page 16: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Introduction

Traditional medicine has been the main form of treatment for several diseases in many

countries of the world for hundreds of years and currently many researchers throughout the

world are actively investigating traditional medicine in search of new biological active

compounds. 1 '2 Modem medicines in industrialised nations often find their origins in plant

alkaloids, either as purified alkaloids or as synthetic derivatives thereol 3

In our phytochemistry program we have developed an interest in the chemistry of the

bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids isolated from Cissampelos capensis (Menispermaceae).

Bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids isolated from this plant were found to have antimalarial

activity. 4 As judged by the long standing use of chloroquine (1.1) and quinine (1.2) and the

discovery of various other agents such as artemisinin (1.3), plant metabolites and their

synthetic derivatives are an extremely important source of new antimalarial agents. 2 ' 5

The fact that malaria is considered the world's most important tropical disease killing more

people than any other disease except tuberculosis and 1-11V/AIDS, 6 deemed it important that

synthetic studies of the bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids directed towards structure-activity

relationship be undertaken. Our choice of this study was also stimulated by recent reports

that showed that the change of configuration of the chiral centre, as well as modification of

the substituents, might lead to independent changes in the cytotoxicity and antimalarial

activity of the bisbenzyltetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids. 5 '7 For this reason,

bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids can be regarded as a promising novel antimalarial and thus

constitute an attractive synthetic goal that merit further investigations.

1

Page 17: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Cl

TAN /./* N

1.1

1.2

1.2 Malaria

The deterioration in the efficacy of conventional antimalarial drugs is a matter of great

concern. At present there are no effective drugs that offer protection against malaria in all

regions of the world. 8 This implies that malaria is by far the most serious and widespread

parasitic disease and is one of the major health problems in the world. It is estimated that

300-500 million cases of malaria occur annually, with between one and two million deaths

every year. Most of the people who die are children and non-immune adults and about 90%

of the cases occur in Sub-Saharan Africa. Of the four species of Plasmodium (P. vivax, P.

ovale, P. fakzparum and P. malariae) that causes malaria in humans, Plasmodium falciparum

is the most dangerous, as the pathology it induces often leads to death. It causes Malaria

tropica, which, without treatment, is very often lethal for infected patients. 1 '5 '9' 1°' 11

Although a number of effective drugs have been developed, there is still a serious need for

the development of a new drugs since the resistance of the parasite to many of the older drugs

has now reached a point where it is virtually useless to apply these drugs in many malarious

2

Page 18: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

regions. 29,10,11 In some malarial areas, 90% of parasite strains are already resistant to

chloroquine (1.1), the most widely-used drug for the treatment and protection against malaria

from the 1950's onward. 12 A similar situation applies for other drugs.

Chloroquine (1.1) has been the first-line drug since its synthesis in 1940, because it is very

efficacious, exhibits a quick onset of action and is inexpensive while having tolerable adverse

effects. The emergence of chloroquine-resistance and a world-wide scarcity of quinine have

led to the search for new antimalarial drugs. 9 A number of new drugs have been developed

and artemisinin (1.3) is the one that offers the best hope so far. An increasing number of

countries have been forced to adopt a different class of drugs as the first-line alternative to

chloroquine (1.1). However, the resistance of the parasite to various drugs has now increased

and this threatens to leave various countries, especially Africa, with no treatment affordable

on a mass scale. 9

Considering that chloroquine (1.1) is inexpensive, safe for use in pregnancy and was

previously highly efficacious, the loss of this drug has been a major setback to the effective

treatment and control of this disease.

The recognition and validation of traditional medical practices and the search for plant-

derived drugs could lead to new strategies in malaria contro1. 3' 5 ' 1° South Africa, with its rich

floral resources and ethnobotanical history, is an ideal place to screen plants for antimalarial

activity. 10

1.3 Bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids

Bisbenzylisoquinolines (BB1) alkaloids are a large and diverse group of natural alkaloids that

are found mainly in five plant families, the Menispermaceae, Berberidaceae, Ranunculaceae,

Annonaceae, and Monimiaceae. 7' 13 This family of alkaloids contains over 270 members and

is rich in pharmacologically active constituents that range in activity from cytotoxicity to

antihypertensive to antimalaria. 3 Many of the plants that contain these alkaloids enjoy a

folkloric reputation as medicinals in various cultures. They are used for the treatment of a

3

Page 19: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

number of diseases, including amoebic dysentery, leishmaniasis, bacterial infections, and

cancer.

Bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids are made up of two benzylisoquinoline units linked by ether

bridges. The two units may be bonded together by one, two, or three diaryl ether

linkages. 14,15,16,17,18 In addition to these diaryl ether bridges, methylenoxy bridging or direct

carbon-carbon bonding are also found between the two benzylisoquinoline units. Individual

members in each group differ simply in the nature of the oxygenated substituents (OH,

OCH3, OCH2O), the nature of substitution of two nitrogen atoms (NH, NCH3, N +(CH3)2,

NO), the degree of unsaturation of the hetero rings, and the stereochemistry of the two

asymmetric centers. 14,15,16,17,18

1.3.1 Nomenclature of bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids

The numbering of the carbon skeleton of all bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids follow the

system established by Shamma and Moniot, 13 "14 19 as shown below (Scheme 1.1).

13

13'

SCHEME 1.1: Numbering of the bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids

1.3.2 Biosynthesis of bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids

Bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids are believed to arise in plants by the oxidation of phenolic

bases of the benzylisoquinoline group, and in particular all can be represented as being

derived from norcoclaurine (1.10) or coclaurine oll 43,1520,21 The initial step of the

4

Page 20: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

HO

H2O

H COO- C°2

HO

CO2 >I" HO

1.55

COO- HO

HO

NH2 HO

1.6

1.7

1.4

HO

HO

H3C0

biosynthesis is the coupling of dopamine (1.7) and 4-hydroxyphenylacetaldehyde (1.8) in a

stereospecific manner to give (S)-norcoclaurine (1.10) as indicated in scheme 1.2. This

stereospecific condensation is catalysed by an enzyme called (S)-norcoclaurine synthase. 2°

L-Dopa (1.6) is an intermediate in primary metabolism. Dopamine (1.7) and 4-

phenylacetaldehyde (1.8) formation involve the decarbolxylation of tyrosine (1.4) and/or

dopa (1.6) by tyrosine/dopa decarboxylase.

1.9 1.8

1.11 (S)-Coclaurine

1.10 (S)-Norcoclaurine

SCHEME 1.2: Biosynthetic pathway of norcoclaurine from tyrosine. (a) (S)-norcoclaurine

synthase; (b) norcoclaurine-6-O-methyltransferase

The oxidation process may be represented as shown in Scheme 1.3. This process proceed via

a free radical that may be represented either by structure 1.13 or 1.14 and the pairing of the

radicals in these two forms could afford dienone 1.15, enolisation of which would lead to the

hydroxydiphenyl ether 1.16.

5

Page 21: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

1.15 1.16

OH

SCHEME 1.3: Oxidative phenolic coupling in the biosynthesis process of the

bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids

When oxidative coupling of this type takes place with norclaurine (1.10), bases with one,

two, and diaryl ether linkages are formed (Scheme 1.4). Coupling in position 12 and 11' of

norcoclaurine (1.10) produces diaryl ether 1.17 of which further coupling can give di-ether

1.22 and tri-ether 1.24 while dehydration of the di-ether 1.22 can lead to another type of of

tri-ether 1.23. If the initial coupling to a mono-ether occurs in position 12 and 8' the product

1.18 can then couple further to a di-ether in two ways, either by 7 and 11' or 8 and 12'

combination to give 1.20 and 1.19 respectively. Due to steric reasons, neither

bisbenzylisoquinoline 1.20 nor 1.19 can undergo further oxidative coupling to a give tri-

ether.

6

Page 22: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

1.18

,4:8' coupling

1.19 1.20

8/12'

OH

OH OH

OH

OH

NH FIN

12/11' ---ir.

8/7' OH

- H2O

OH

1.23 1.24

6 OH HO 6'

1411 0 11

12 OH H• 12

1.10

OH H

SCHEME 1.4: Oxidative phenolic coupling of norcoclaurine at various positions

7

Page 23: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3 C OR

OCH3

1.26 R = CH3

1.27 R = H

H3CO

CH3

1.25

1.3.3 Chemical constituents of Cissampelos capensis

Members of the Menispermaceae are rich sources of unique alkaloids, and these plants are

globally often used in folk medicine. Cissampelos capensis is a dioecious, scandent shrub

that occurs naturally only in the western part of South Africa and the southern part of

Namibia. In ethnobotanical surveys of medicinal plants, it was found that C capensis is one

of the most important traditional medicines in this region. The fresh or dry rhizomes are

chewed directly, smoked, or used as infusions and tinctures for headache, pain, diabetes,

tuberculosis, dysentery, urinary stones, glandular swellings and even for stomach and skin

cancer. 22,23

A recent phytochemical investigation of Cissampelos capensis4 has led to the isolation of a

novel BBI cissacapine (1.25), along with the known compounds insularine (1.26),

insularoline (1.27), cycleanine (1.28) and glaziovine (1.29).

Bisbenzylisoquinolines containing a tricyclic dibenzodioxepine nucleus are extremely rare

and, to our knowledge, the three compounds cissacapine (1.25), insularine (1.26) and

8

Page 24: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

insularoline (1.27), are the only three natural occurring compounds of this type that have been

identified so far."34'24

H3CO

HO CH3

1.29

1.28

1.4 Aim of this study

In a quest for biologically more potent antimalarial bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids, we

envisioned to study the synthesis of these compounds and their modified analogues with

variations of substituents. Bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloid cissacapine (1.25) is a novel

compound and no synthetic study of this compound has been reported so far. A similar

situation applies for the bisbenzylisoquinolines insularine (1.26) and insularoline (1.27), even

though these compounds have been known for the number of years. 24'25 The total synthesis

of racemic cycleanine (1.28) has been reported previously. However, very low yields in the

formation of diaryl ether and other reactions as well as the lack of detail spectral evidence for

some of the synthesised compounds makes the published synthesis unattractive. 26 Low yields

in diaryl moiety formation make the synthesis not suitable for large-scale synthesis.

The objective of this study was to develop a synthetic pathway for the synthesis of suitable

precursors for the total synthesis of the bisbenzylisoquinoline cissacapine (1.25), insularine

(1.26), insularoline (1.27) and cycleanine (1.28). The developed synthetic routes will be of

9

Page 25: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

importance not only to the total synthesis of the above-mentioned natural

bisbenzylisoquinoline compounds, but also as a vehicle for the access to modified analogues

for structure-activity investigations since it is known that change of configuration of the

chiral centre and change in substituents of the bisbenzylisoquinolines may lead to

independent changes in cytotoxicity and antiplasmodial activity.' As part of this study we

also needed to develop efficient methodology for the preparation of the tricyclic 1 1H-

dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine ring. The two available methods in the literature for the

preparation of this tricyclic system suffer from poor yields. 27'28

10

Page 26: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

1.5 References

Y. Asakawa and M. Heidelberg, Progress in the Chemistry of Organic Natural

Products, Springer-Verlag, 1982, 42, p. 4.

M.C. Gessler, M.H.H. Nkuya, L.B. Mwasumbi, M. Heinrich and M. Tanner, Acta

Tropica, 1994, 56, 65.

T.M. Kutchan, Gene, 1996, 179, 73.

F.R. van Heerden, unpublished work.

5 S.J. Marshall, P.F. Russel, C.N. Wright, M.A. Anderson, J.D. Phillipson, G.C. Kiby

and P.L. Schiff, Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., 1994, 38, 96.

0. Schwarz, R. Brun, J.W. Bats and H.-G. Schmalz, Tetrahedron Lett., 2002, 43,

1009.

C.K. Angerhofer, H. Guinaudeau, V. Wongpanich, J.M. Pezutto and G.A. Cordell, J.

Nat. Prod., 1999, 62, 59.

J.C.P. Steele, M.S.J. Simmonds, N.C. Veitch and D.C. Warhurst, Planta Med., 1999,

65, 413.

A.R. Bilia, D. Lazari, L. Messori, V. Tagliohi, C. Tempereni and F.F. Vincieri, Life

Sci., 2002, 70, 769.

E.A. Prozesky, J.J.M. Meyer and A.I. Louw, J. Enthopharm., 2001, 76, 239.

T. Lemcke, I.T. Christensen and F.S. Jorgensen, Bioorg. Med. Chem., 1999, 7, 1003.

M. Hesse, Alkaloids, Verlag Helvetica Acta, Zurich, 2002, p. 309.

P.L. Shiff, J Nat. Prod., 1983, 46, 1.

K.P. Guha, B. Mukherjee and R. Mukherjee, J. Nat. Prod., 1979, 42, 1.

K.W. Bentley, The Isoquinoline, Pergamon Press, New York, 1965, p. 41.

M. Shamma and V. Georgiev in The Alkaloids, R.H.F. Manske, Ed., Academic Press,

New York, 1977, 16, p. 319.

M. Shamma and J.L. Moniot, Isoquinoline Alkaloids Research, Plenum Press, New

York, 1978, p. 1.

T. Kametani in The Total Synthesis of Natural Products, J. apSimon, Ed., John Wiley

& Sons, New York, 1977, 3, p. 1.

M. Shamma and J.L. Moniot, Heterocycles, 1976, 4, 1817.

11

Page 27: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

20. R. Stadler, T.M. Kutchan, S. Loeffler, N. Nagakura, B. Cassels and M.H. Zenk,

Tetrahedron Lett., 1987, 28, 1251.

21 P.M. Dewick, Medicinal Natural Products, A Biosynthetic Approach, 2nd Ed, John

Wiley and Sons, New York, p. 323.

B.-E. van Wyk, B. van Oudtshoorn and N. Gericke, Medicinal Plants of Southern

Africa, Briza Publications, Pretoria, 1997, p. 87.

B.-E. van Wyk and N. Gericke, People 's Plants. A guide to useful plants of Southern

Africa, Briza Publications, Pretoria, 2000, p. 124.

Dictionary of Natural Products on CD-ROM, J. Buckingham, Ed., Chapmann and

Hall, London, 2000.

M. Tomita and S. Uyeo, J. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 1943, 64, 147.

M. Tomita, K. Fujitani and Y. Aoyagi, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1968, 16, 62.

W.K. Hagmann, C.P. Dorn, R.A. Frankshun, L.A. O'Grady, P.J. Bailey, A. Rackham

and H.W. Dougherty, J Med.. Chem., 1986, 29, 1436.

W.K. Hagmann, L.A. O'Grady, C.P. Dom and J.P. Springer, J. Heterocycl. Chem.,

1986, 23, 673.

12

Page 28: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

— CH3 H3C''

Cu(I)C1, K2CO3 165 °C al' 5.2%

CH3

2.1 RI = R3 = Br, R2 = R4 = CH3 2.2 RI = R2 = R3 = Rs = H

CHAPTER 2

SYNTHESIS OF BISBENZYLISOQUINOLINE ALKALOIDS:

A LITERATURE REVIEW

2.1 Introduction

Although many bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids have been isolated,' the total synthesis of

these compounds has received little attention. However, several partial syntheses have been

reported recently.

Bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids have been prepared through routes mainly involving

condensation of two appropriate benzylisoquinoline monomers through diaryl ether

formation using the copper-catalysed Ullmann ether synthesis. 2 In most cases this approach

has presented problems as the desired bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids were formed in low

yields because of the limitations of the Ullmann reaction. This approach is demonstrated by

the condensation of two racemic benzylisoquinoline alkaloids 2.1 and 2.2 to give the

bisbenzylisoquinoline (±)-0,0-dimethylcurine (2.3) in 5.2% yield (Scheme 2.1). 3

SCHEME 2.1

13

Page 29: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.7 2.8 2.9

OCH3

CuO p-TsOH

13% OBut

OH

Another example is the Ullmann condensation of compounds 2.4 and 2.5 to produce

bisbenzylisoquinoline 2.6 in 10.7% yield (Scheme 2.2). 4

H3C0

R30

R20

R

CH3 H3C

Cu powder, K2CO3 a. KI, 70 h, 180 °C

10.7%

CH3

2.4 R 1 = Br, R2 = R3 = CH2Ph

2.5 R1 = R2 = H, R3 = CH2Ph 2.6 R 1 = R2 = CH2Ph

SCHEME 2.2

Alternatively, two appropriately substituted diaryl ethers are first synthesised through the

Ullmann reaction, one containing a carboxymethyl group and the other containing an 2-

aminoethyl group. The two diaryl ether precursors are then combined via amide linkages,

and the two isoquinoline rings are constructed by either Bischler-Napieralski 5 or Pictect-

Spengler6 reactions. Similarly as in the above strategy, most diaryl ether formation reactions

presented problem as the starting materials were not suitable for Ullmann coupling.

SCHEME 2.3

14

Page 30: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CuO • HC1/CH3OH 27%

2.10 2.11 2.12

OCH3 O-\

O 0

DCC, 70% aq. Na2CO3, 90% (i) DCC, p-nitrophenol

2.12 (ii) HBr/HOAc ' (iii) pyridine

43%

2.9 +

One example of this approach is in the total synthesis of dl-cepharanthine (2.14) in which

diaryl ether formation via Ullmann reaction to form precursors 2.9 and 2.12 resulted in 13%

and 27% yields, respectively (Schemes 2.3 and 2.4). 7'8

SCHEME 2.4

Diaryl ethers 2.9 and 2.12 were then combined via amide linkage to give cyclobisamide 2.13,

which in turn was converted to di-cepharanthine (2.14) in three steps via Bischler-Napieralski

conditions. The dl-cepharanthine (2.14) was obtained in 0.5% yield from cyclobisamide 2.13

(Schemes 2.5 and 2.6).

2.13

SCHEME 2.5

15

Page 31: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3C" CH3

H3 CO

0

H3 CO

2.14

SCHEME 2.6

2.13

POC13 , CHC13 Reduction CH20, NaBH4

0.5% V

2.2 Synthesis of isoquinoline ring

The general methods for the preparation of the isoquinoline ring system based on formation

of a tetrahydropyridine can be divided into five types (2.15 to 2.19)." ° The dotted lines

indicate the bond formation by cyclisation.

16

Page 32: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.15

2.16

2.17

2.18

2.19

Although examples of all these reactions are known, the most popular ones are of type 2.15

and 2.19. These two types usually gives dihydro- or tetrahydroisoquinoline compounds.

Type 2.15 involves ring cyclisation between the benzene ring and the carbon atom that forms

C-1 of the resulting isoquinoline ring. The very useful Bischler-Napieralski and Pictect-

Spengler reactions fall in this category. 5'

6

'

9

'

10

'

11 Type 2.19 involve ring closure between the

benzene ring and C-4 of the resulting isoquinoline ring, and includes the Pomeranz-Fritsch

reaction. 9' 1°

Of the three methods mentioned above, only the Bischler-Napieralski reaction will be

discussed in detail, as this reaction has been widely used in the synthesis of

bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids.

2.2.1 Bischler-Napieralski reaction

The Bischler-Napieralski reaction is one of the methods of choice for the preparation of

isoquinoline compounds. This method consists of the cyclodehydration of an N-acyl-f3-

phenethylamine 2.20 with Lewis acids such as phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus

pentoxide, polyphosphoric acid or zinc chloride in an inert solvent to give the corresponding

3,4-dihydroisoquinoline 2.21 (Scheme 2.7). These compounds must be reduced to the

1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolines 2.22 since the isoquinoline alkaloids exist as the tetrahydro

17

Page 33: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.20 2.21 2.23

Lewis acid NH A No N N

0 R R2

derivatives in most cases. 5,9,10,12,13,14 Of the Lewis acid, phosphorus oxychloride is the most

widely used. The 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline 2.21 can also be dehydrogenated to the

corresponding isoquinoline 2.23. The Biscler-Napieralski conditions usually require

electron-donating substituents such as the alkoxy on the aromatic ring and substrates lacking

electron-donating groups often fail to cyclise or cyclise in low yields."

iBeckmann rearrangement

R 1 = H, Alkoxy, Alky

R2 = Alkyl, Aryl

2.24

2.22

SCHEME 2.7: Bischler-Napieralski reaction

Oximes 2.24 that are capable of undergoing a Beckmann rearrangement 16' 17 to N-acyl-fl-

phenethylamine 2.20 can also be used as starting material for the Bischler-Napieralski

reaction as indicated in Scheme 2.7. 5 '9' 10' 12

Cortes" has recently developed a one-pot methodology in which the N-acyl-P-

phenethylamine 2.20 (R2 = benzyl) cyclised to give the 3,4-dihydroisoquinolines 2.21 which,

without isolation, undergoes reduction-alkylation to give 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolines

alkaloids as their N-allcylated derivatives. This process is usually carried out in more than

one step with isolation of the intermediate or product of each step. The one-pot cyclisation-

reduction-alkylation procedure is carried out using the commonly used Bischler-Napieralski's

18

Page 34: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Lewis acid phosphorus oxychloride followed by the addition of sodium borohydride in

methanol or ethanol. N-alkylation (N-methylation, N-ethylation) is assumed to be effected by

PO(OCH3)3 or P0(0C2H5)3 generated from phosphorus oxychloride and methanol or ethanol.

2.2.1.1 Reaction mechanism

The first mechanism proposed for the Bischler-Napieralski reaction consists of the

protonation of the amide oxygen by an acid, followed by cyclisation to 1-

hydroxytetrahydroisoquinoline 2.25 and dehydration to the 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline 2.21

(Scheme 2.8). 5'9' 1213,14

-

O R2H

2.20 -

2.25

R I = H, Alkoxy, Alkyl R2 = Alkyl, Aryl

POC13 A

2.21

SCHEME 2.8: First proposed mechanism of the Bischler-Napieralski reaction

19

Page 35: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.20

NH Lewis acid R1 NH A

Cl-

2.21

2.26

RI = H, Alkoxy, Alkyl R2 = Alkyl, Aryl

SCHEME 2.9: Revised mechanism of the Bischler-Napieralski reaction

In contrast to the mechanism in Scheme 2.8, Fodor 123334 showed that a variety of N-acyl-P-

phenethylamine 2.20 give the imidoyl halides or their hydrohalides under milder conditions

with various Lewis acids such as phosphorus oxychloride, phosphorus pentoxide, thionyl

chloride and carbonyl bromide (Scheme 2.9). Dehydration or loss of carbonyl oxygen must

precede ring closure. The imidoyl chlorides cyclise to give 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline

2.21. 12,13,14 The reaction goes via nitrilium ion 2.26.

2.2.1.2 Direction of ring closure

Cyclisation to form 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline 2.21 under Bischler-Napieralski conditions

depends on the nature and position of the substituents on the aromatic ring. Cyclisation

occurs at the ortho or para position to the substituent with more electron donating properties.

An example of this is m-methoxy-p-phenethylamide (2.27), which cyclise to give exclusively

6-methoxyisoquinoline (2.28). 5'" In this case, both ortho and para position to the methoxy

20

Page 36: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.27

Rl = Alkyl, Aryl = CH2Ph (81%) 2.29

H3CO

SCHEME 2.10

OCH3 CH3

POC13

82% NH

O OCH3 CH3

group are available for cyclisation but the para position becomes the preferred position

(Scheme 2.10).

When the para position is blocked as in N-acetyl-2,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine (2.30),

cyclisation will proceed ortho to the methoxy group (Scheme 2.11)."'"

2.30 2.31

SCHEME 2.11

21

Page 37: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

NH POC13

OR R'

H3CO

H3CO

If both available position are activated to a similar extent, a mixture of both cyclised products

are obtained. For example, amide 2.32 cyclise to give a mixture of 2.33 and 2.34. 19

2.32 R = CH2Ar 2.33 R2 = CH3 2.34 R2 = CH2Ar

R3 = CH2Ar

R3 = CH3

SCHEME 2.12

2.2.1.3 Enantioselective synthesis of optically-pure isoquinoline alkaloids

via the Bischler-Napieralski reaction

Most natural occurring 1-substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids possess the 1 S

absolute configuration, but some have the 1R configuration. Although many 1-substituted

1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids, among which 1 -benzyl derivatives are most widely

distributed, exhibit totally different biological activities between 1S and 1R enantiomers,

most synthetic methods for their preparation are suitable only for the synthesis of the racemic

compounds requiring resolution of the resulting products by chiral acids.9.10,11

A number of asymmetric syntheses for optically-pure isoquinoline have been developed. 2° '2I

Many of the synthetic methods are based on the procedures employing chiral building blocks,

auxiliaries, or reagents. For example, in the Pictect-Spengler,20,22,23 asymmetric synthesis

using as the key step sodium borohydride reduction of optically-pure a-alkylbenzylamine

derivatives ,24,25,26,27 reduction of 1-substituted 3,4-dihydroisoquinolines by chiral reagents

such as chiral sodium (triacyloxy)borohydrides 28 '29 '3° and BH3 :THF-thiazazincolidine, 31

addition of organometallic reagents to chiral iminium compounds,32 ' 33 '34 '35 ' 36 catalytic

22

Page 38: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

asymmetric hydrogenation of 1-substituted 3,4-dihydroisoquinolines by Buchwald's chiral

titanocene complex, 37 • 38 '39 '4° Morimoto's chiral BINAP-Ir-phthalimide or diphosphine-lr-

phthalimide complexes,4I '42 or Noyori's chiral BINAP-metal complexes. 43,44,45,46

All of the above asymmetric approaches, with exception of the Pictect-Spengler, proceed

through the Bischler-Napieralski reaction. Although all these approaches are important in

producing optically-pure isoquinoline alkaloids in good chemical and optical yields, the ones

that are very concise and highly stereoselective include:

approach via reduction of 1-substituted 3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium ion possessing a chiral

auxiliary by Polniaszek 25 '26'" and Cortes 24 and

enantioselective synthesis via catalytic asymmetric hydrogenation of 1-substituted 3,4-

dihydroisoquinolines with chiral catalyst by Buchwald, 37,38.38,39.40 Morimoto41 '42 or

Noyori.43 '44

Polniaszek 's approaches involves preparation of chiral N-acy1-13-phenethylamines from either

(S)-1-phenethylamine or (R)-1-phenethylamine and acid chlorides as shown in Scheme 2.13.

The chiral amides 2.37 are converted to chiral 3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium ions 2.38 by a

Bischler-Napieralski reaction. Reduction of the iminium ions 2.38 with sodium borohydride

at —78 °C gives optically-pure tetrahydroisoquinolines 2.39 with very high stereoselectivity.

The diastereoselection of the hydride reduction (NaBH 4, -78 °C) ranged from 88:12 to 94:6.

Cortes' approach 24 follows in a similar manner but employs the (S) and (R) stereoisomers of

phenylglycinol instead of the 1-phenethylamines.

23

Page 39: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.35 2.36 2.37

0 H3CO ab

H3 CO

H3CO c or d or

HN Ph e or f H3 CO

R = CH3 (97%) R = CH2CH3 (98%) R = i-Pr (98%) R = 3,4-(CH3O)2PhCH2 (88%)

H 3 CO

H 3CO

H3CO

Ph -413--

r'CH3 H3CO

ig

2.40 2.39

2.38

R = CH3 (85%) R = CH2CH3 (76%) R = i-Pr (89%) R = 3,4-(CH3O)2PhCH2 (82%)

R = CH3 (77%) R = CH2CH3 (75%) R = i-Pr (61%) R = 3,4-(CH3O)2PhCH2 (72%)

Reagents: (a) (S)-(-)-1-phenethylamine, Et 3N, DMAP; (b) BH 3 :THF, reflux, 3 days; (c) Ac20, DMAP, Et 3N (d) Propionyl chloride, DMAP, Et 3N; (e) Isobutyryl chloride, DMAP, Et3N; (f) 3,4-Dimethoxyphenylacetyl chloride, DMAP, Et3N; (g) POC13, benzene, 5-24 h; (h) NaBH4, Me0H, -78 °C; (i) 10% Pd-C, H2, 10% HCl

SCHEME 2.13: Chiral auxiliary mediated synthesis of optically-pure isoquinoline by

Polniaszek approach.

An example of the catalytic asymmetric hydrogenation of the 3,4-dihydroisoquinolines is

shown in Scheme 2.14 in the synthesis of the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolines 2.41 and 2.42.

This transformation was effected by Morimoto's BINAP catalysts. 41 '42

24

Page 40: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3 CO

H3CO

H3 CO H2 (100 atm)

(R)-BINAP-Ir(I)-F 4-pthalimidea 2-5 °C, toluene-MeOH H3CO

85%

OCH2Ph

H3CO

H3 CO

H3 CO H2 (.100 atm)

(S)-BINAP-Ir(I)-paranabic acid 2-5 °C, toluene-MeOH H3 CO

99%

2.41 86% ee

2.42 89% ee

SCHEME 2.14: Morimoto's asymmetric catalytic hydrogen of 3,4-dihydroisoquinolines

2.2.2 Pictect-Spengler reaction

The Pictet-Spengler reaction involves formation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives

2.22 by the condensation of P-arylethylamines 2.43 with carbonyl compounds. The Schiff

bases 2.44 are the intermediate in the reaction. The reaction is acid-catalysed. 6,9,10,22,23

H+ RI R I

R1 = H, Alkyl, Alkoxy R2 = H, Alkyl, Aryl

2.43

2.44

2.22

SCHEME 2.15: Pictect-Spengler reaction

25

Page 41: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

OEt H2N

NH2

OEt

rLOEt H+

N

2.45

2.46

-311.

OEt

OEt

I )OEt OEt

OEt

2.2.3 Pomeranz-Fritsch reaction

The Pomeranz-Fritsch reaction involves cyclisation of benzalaminoacetals 2.45 and 2.46 in

the presence of acid to yield aromatic isoquinolines (Scheme 2.16). This cyclisation is

generally carried out with sulphuric acid. Although only moderate yields are obtained, the

use of polyphosphoric acid as the cyclising agent is successful in all cases, particularly for the

preparation of 8-substituted isoquinolines. The Schiff base can be formed either by

condensation of the aromatic aldehyde with aminoacetals or from benzylamine with glyoxal

hemiacetals, as shown below. 9' 10

SCHEME 2.16: Pomeranz-Fritsch reaction

The Pomeranz-Fritsch reaction offers the possibility of preparing isoquinolines with

substituents that would be difficult to obtain by the Bischler-Napieralski or the Pictect-

Spengler reaction. For example, the 8-substituted isoquinolines are obtained from the ortho-

substituted benzaldehyde, whereas 8-substituted isoquinolines are generally not obtained

from meta-substituted arylethylamines by the Bischler-Napieralski reaction (Scheme 2.10). In

addition, this method yields a product that is a fully aromatic isoquinoline, whereas the

partially or fully hydrogenated isoquinolines are obtained in case of the above two reactions

using phenethylamines.

26

Page 42: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

important natural compounds such as vancomycin (2.47) has

development of new methodology for its preparation.

Cl

renewed efforts in the

OH

NH

O ..„ NHCH3

-----r-

2.3 Diaryl ether synthesis

The presence of diaryl ether linkage in a number of synthetically challenging and medicinally

2.47

As mentioned in chapter 1, bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids are built up of one or more diaryl

ether linkages. Various methods for the construction of diaryl ethers are known.

Unfortunately, each of these methods has its problems; generally every method is limited to

certain substrates. This section will discuss various methods for construction of diaryl ethers

and their limitations.

27

Page 43: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.4 Methods for diaryl ether synthesis

Despite limitations under the original conditions, such as high temperatures and generally

low yields, the Ullmann ether synthesis e has been the most important method for the

preparation of diaryl ethers of a variety of naturally occurring and medicinally important

compounds. A number of interesting and useful technique for diaryl ether synthesis have

been recently reported. 47'48

The common reactions that generate diary] ethers 2.50 from aryl halides 2.48 and phenols

2.49 are nucleophilic aromatic substitutions and copper-catalysed Ullmann reaction.

Unfortunately, nucleophilic aromatic substitutions are most favourable with the more

expensive and less available aryl fluorides. 47,48,49,50,51

X HO

A

X =Br,I,F

2.48

2.49

2.50

SCHEME 2.17: Diaryl ether preparation

2.4.1 Nucleophilic aromatic substitution

Aryl fluorides bearing an electron withdrawing groups ortho orpara to the fluoride group can

easily undergo nucleophilic displacement to give diaryl ether compounds in the presence of

base without added catalyst. 47,48,49,50,51,52 For example, p-fluoroacetophenone or p-

fluorobenzaldehyde combine with a variety of phenols 2.51 to afford diaryl ethers 2.52 in

high yields (Scheme 2.18). 49

28

Page 44: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CO2CH3

2.53

K2CO3, CuO 31. pyr., reflux

1.5% , NHB oc

CO2CH3

2.55

CO2CH3

2.54

OH

+ K2CO3, DMAC 3...

0 reflux, 5.5-10 h RI 70-93 %

2.51 R1 = H, Cl, Br, '13u, OCH 3, OPh, CO2Et

2.52

R2 = H, CH3

SCHEME 2.18

2.4.2 Copper-catalysed Ullmann ether synthesis

This method involves reaction of the aryl halides 2.48 (X = I, Br) with phenols 2.49 under

basic conditions in the presence of copper salt catalysts as shown in Scheme 2.17. The

classical Ullmann conditions require high temperature (-115-260 °C) and long reaction times

(up to 24 h) and often produces low to moderate yields for substituted aryl halides unless the

strongly electron withdrawing group is present on the aryl halides para or ortho to the

halogen. Furthermore, the Ullmann reaction is limited to electron-deficient aryl halides. In

other words, electron-rich aryl halides do no work wel1. 49'5"3'54'55 '56 For example, Ullmann

condensation of the electron-rich aryl bromide 2.53 with phenol 2.54 gave the desired diaryl

ether 2.55 in 1.5% yield. 55

SCHEME 2.19

29

Page 45: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

K2CO3, CuO pyr., reflux

93%

ii. CHO

OCH3

OH

+

, NHCbz

CO2But

CHO

2.56

2.57

SCHEME 2.20

Under similar conditions diaryl ether 2.57 was obtained in 93% yield when an electron-

deficient aryl bromide 2.56 was used. 55

Recently, a number of groups have reported the use of other copper salts in the presence of

additives and this has made it possible to carry out these reactions under milder conditions

with a wider variety of substrates in moderate to good yield. Smith and Jones 57 reported that

the use of catalytic copper(I) iodide and ultrasound in the absence of solvent gave better

yields of diaryl ethers than Ullmann conditions at 140 °C. The authors speculated that the

role of sonification was primarily to break up particles of the base (K2CO3) and catalyst

(cuprous iodide). Coupling of electron-rich o-bromoanisole with phenol gave 75% of the

corresponding diaryl ether.

A procedure developed by Palomo 58 involves the use of CuBr and phosphazene P4-Bu t base

in refluxing toluene. The authors indicated that the method is particularly suitable for

electron-neutral aryl halides and ortho-substituted phenols although p-iodoanisole combined

with p-cresol to give the desired diaryl ether in 70% yield.

Another copper-catalysed methodology developed by Buchwald 59 is based on the reaction of

cesium phenoxides with aryl bromides or iodides 2.58 in the presence of air-labile copper(11)

triflates (Scheme 2.21). In certain cases equimolar amounts of 1-naphthoic acid has been

30

Page 46: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

(CuOTf)2.PhH, cat. EtOAc Cs2CO3, toluene, reflux

R2 20-93%

HO

added to increase the reactivity of the phenoxides. Toluene was found to be the effective

solvent when catalytic amount of ethyl acetate (5 mol %) was included in the reaction

mixture. The formation of more soluble copper(I) complexes, resulting from the formation of

an adduct between the added ester and the alkoxide, has been proposed to be responsible for

the rate enhancement. However, addition of more than 5 mol % of ethyl acetate results in

low conversions. Electron-deficient aryl bromides or iodides reacted to give diaryl ethers

2.59 in high yields. This method was also found to tolerate unactivated aryl halides. For

example, o-bromoanisole and p-cresol reacted to give 79% of the diaryl ether compound.

Sterically hindered phenols react in low yields. For example, 2,6-dimethylphenol reacts with

5-iodo-m-iodoxylene to give 20-30% of the diaryl ether. The author assumed the formation

of a cuprate-like intermediate [(ArO)2Cu]Cs as a reactive species.

2.58

2.59

X = Br, I

R1 = H; 2-CO2H; 4-CH3; 4- tBu; 2-OCH3; 4-CN; 4-CO CH3; 2,5-(CH3)2; 3 ,5 (CH3)2 R2 = H; 2-CH3; 4-CH3; 4-Cl; 2,6-(CH3)2; 3,4-(CH3)

SCHEME 2.21

Nicolaou's group" developed an approach based on the activation of aryl halides with a

triazene unit. Aryl bromides and iodides substituted with ortho-triazene and phenols react to

give good yields of diaryl ethers at 80 °C in the presence of CuBr.SMe2 and K2CO3. The 2,6-

dihaloaryltriazenes react faster and more efficiently than the corresponding monosubstituted

triazenes as shown in the following two examples (Schemes 2.22 and 2.23).

31

Page 47: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

OH Br

CuBr.SMe2, K2CO3 MeCN:pyr. (5:1), 2 h, 80°Cpw

91%

OH

2.62

Br

2.63

2.60 2.61

SCHEME 2.22

The use of this approach requires the preformation of the requisite triazene unit and the

removal of this group after diaryl ether formation, unless the target compound bears this

functional group (triazene).

CuBr.SMe2, K2CO3 au.

MeCN:pyr. (5:1), 16 h, 80°C 65%

SCHEME 2.23

Snieckus' group61 reported a procedure that uses catalytic CuPF6(CH3CN)4 in the presence of

obligatory cesium carbonate to facilitate coupling of phenols to o-halo tertiary and secondary

benzamides and sulphonamides (i.e. ArCONHEt, ArCONEt2, ArSO2NHEt2, ArSO2NEt2).

32

Page 48: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Both iodine, bromine and chlorine can be used as leaving group. Diaryl ethers were obtained

in 47-97% yields. Gujadhur and Venkataraman 62 reported the use of Cu(PPh3)3Br and

cesium carbonate in NMP. Electron-deficient aryl halides reacted in high yields. Reactions

ofp-bromotoluene with electron-deficient phenols were unsuccessful. Electron-rich o- andp-

bromoanisole react with p-cresol to give the corresponding diaryl ethers in 61% and 75%

yields, respectively.

Remarkable improvements with regard to the diaryl ether synthesis with copper salts came

from Song, 63 Hauptman,64and Evans. 65 The methods by Song 63 and Hauptman" allow diaryl

ether formation from aryl bromides or iodides and phenols using cuprous chloride and cesium

carbonate in the presence of ligands. Song 63 employed 2,2,6,6-tetramethylheptane-3,5-dione

(TMHD) (2.64) as the ligand and NMP as the solvent. Electron-rich aryl halides were

reacted with various phenols in the presence of TMHD (2.64) to form good yields of diaryl

ethers.

2.64

Hauptman' s methodology" use pyridine-type ligands in place of TMHD (Scheme 2.24). For

example, a highly electron rich, unprotected aniline 2.65 react with potassium phenoxide in

anhydrous diglyme at 90-95 °C to produce diaryl ether 2.66 in 69% yield.

NH2 NH2

H3C Br KO H3C

CuCI, v. 8-hydroxyquinoline

69%

CH3

2.65

CH3

2.66

SCHEME 2.24

33

Page 49: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

BocHN,,

Cu(OAc)2, pyr. BocHN

CH2C12, 4 A mol sieves 95%

1-1 3 C 2 C

2.69

OH

CO2CH3

2.67

2.68

BocHN,, 2.70 R = Cl 2.71 R = OCH3

CO2CH3

2.67

OH

Cu(OAc)2, pyr.

CH2C12, 4 A mol sieves

SCHEME 2.26

BocHN

H 3 C 2 C

Evans 's method65 allows preparation of diaryl ethers by reactions of arylboronic acids

(instead of aryl halides) and phenols in the presence of copper (II) acetate, triethyl amine or

pyridine and 4A powdered molecular sieves at room temperature in dichloromethane. This

method is tolerant of a wide range of substituents on both coupling partners with the

exception of ortho-heteroatom substituted arylboronic acids although ortho-alkyl substituent

appear to be tolerated. An example of this is the formation of diaryl ether 2.69 from 2.67 and

2.68.

SCHEME 2.25

Poor yields of 7% and 37% of diaryl ethers 2.72 and 2.73 resulted from coupling of ortho-

heteroatom substituted arylboronic acids 2.70 and 2.71 with phenol 2.67.

2.72 R = CI 7% 2.73 R = OCH3 37%

34

Page 50: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2. decomplexation RI 1. Phenoxides

ONa

Cb 1 CO2CH3

2.76

88% Fe+Cp PF6

CI

2.77 2.78

CI

Fe+Cp PF6

Cl

CbzHN CO2CH3

2.4.3 Diaryl ether synthesis mediated by metal-arene complexes

Aryl chlorides can be activated towards nucleophilic substitution via complexation with MCp

(M = Fe, Ru; Cp = cyclopentadienyl) or Mn(CO)3. Ruthenium complexes are superior to Mn

and Fe because the attachment of chloroarene derivatives to cyclopentadienyl ruthenium can

be effected under very mild conditions. Diaryl ethers formed from this methodology are 4 obtained in good yield. 7,66,67,68,69,70,71,72

2.74

2.75

SCHEME 2.27: Formation of diaryl ethers mediated by metal-arene complexes

For, example

SCHEME 2.28

2.4.4 Thallium(III) nitrate oxidative diaryl ether synthesis

This method involves oxidative coupling of 2,6-dihalogenated phenols with thallium trinitrate

(TTN) to afford quinones, which are subsequently reduced to the corresponding diaryl ethers

35

Page 51: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

OH

Cl OH

C l

B OH Br

TTN, CH3OH, 45%

CH3 Cl Zn, HOAc, 73%

N NCH3Cbz

H3C0' H3C0'

2.79 2.80

SCHEME 2.29

in low to moderate yields. 47'73'74 This can be illustrated by the following example in which

2.79 cyclise via diaryl formation to produce 2.80. 75

Unfortunately, the use of dihalogenated phenol coupling partners is obligatory, and as a

consequence, only the dihalo-substituted coupling product can be obtained by this approach.

Complex mixtures of products are obtained when phenols with a mono halogen substituent

such as vancomycin core (2.47) are used. 73

2.4.5 Diaryl ether formation mediated by potassium fluoride-alumina and

18-Crown-6

Potassium fluoride-alumina (ICF.A1203) has been shown to be an effective mediator of the

SNAr addition of phenols to electron-deficient aryl fluorides in the presence of 18-crown-6.

Fluorobenzonitriles and fluoronitrobenzenes are favourable substrates on this procedure.

When using DMSO as the solvent, other electron-withdrawing groups for the electrophile

may be used in place of nitro or nitrile, such as aldehyde, ester, acetate and amide.

Chlorobenzonitriles and bromobenzonitriles can also be used when using DMSO. In certain

cases this method requires long reaction time (2 days to 10 days). 76 For example, formation

of diaryl ether 2.82 (Scheme 2.30).

36

Page 52: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

OH F A H3CO KF.A1203, 18-crown-6 CH3CN, reflux, 4 days 31.'

NC 82% H3CO

OCH3

2.82

H3C0

H3CO

OCH3

2.81

CN

SCHEME 2.30

2.4.6 Palladium-catalysed diaryl ether synthesis

Palladium has recently been used to catalyse the synthesis of diaryl ethers from aryl halides

or triflates and phenols. Phoshine ligands have been employed to effect this transformation

(Scheme 2.31).

X HO Pd(OAc)2 or Pd2(dba)3 base, ligand, toluene,

reflux

X = OTf, I, Br, CI

2.49

2.50

SCHEME 2.31

Hartwig"' 78 developed two methods that use palladium catalysts and phosphine ligands. The

first method involves coupling of aryl bromides and sodium phenoxides in the presence of

catalytic amounts of Pd(dba)2 and dppf or modified dppf ligands. This method is limited to

electron-deficient aryl bromides.'" For example, p-bromobenzonitrile reacts with sodium

phenoxide 2.83 in the presence of Pd(dba)2 and dppf to give 92% of the diaryl ether 2.84

(Scheme 2.32).

37

Page 53: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

NC

Br NaO Pd(dba)2, dppf toluene/THF (9:1)

OCH3 92% NC OCH 3

2.83

2.84

SCHEME 2.32

However, reactions of aryl bromides and ortho-substituted phenols do not work as indicated

by sodium phenoxides 2.85 (Scheme 2.33). Modified dppf ligand such as CF3-dppf was also

introduced for the coupling of electron-deficient aryl bromides with electron-neutral

phenoxides. 77

Pd(dba)2, dppf no reaction NC

toluene/THF (9:1)

2.85 R = CI, OCH3

SCHEME 2.33

Another palladium-catalysed approach by Hartwig 78 forms diaryl ethers by the use of a

ferrocenyldi-tert-butylphosphine or tri-tert-butylphosphine ligand. These phosphine ligands

allow coupling of aryl chlorides or bromides with electron-withdrawing groups or electron

donating alkyl groups and phenols in good yields.

A remarkably improved palladium diaryl ethers approach has been developed by Buchwald 79

Electron-rich, bulky aryldialkylphosphine ligands in which the two alkyl groups are either

tert-butyl or adamantyl (2.86 to 2.89) are the key to the success of this transformation. Both

Pd(OAc)2 and Pd2(dba)3 can be used. A wide range of electron-deficient, electronically-

neutral and electron-rich aryl halides or triflates have been coupled with phenols using

sodium hydride or potassium phosphate as the base in refluxing toluene.

38

Page 54: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

p(tBu)2

N(CH3)2

P(tBu)2 P(1-Adamanty1)2

2.86

2.87

2.88

2.89

Ligands 2.86 and 2.88 are not suitable for coupling of an aryl halide or triflate lacking an

ortho substituent. Ligand 2.87 is an effective ligand for such substrates. Neither of ligands

2.86, 2.87 and 2.88 are effective in the reactions of highly electron-rich aryl halides, for

example p-chloroanisole and p-bromoanisole. Ligand 2.89 has been developed for reactions

involving the use of highly electron-rich aryl halides or triflates. However, preparation of

this ligand 2.89 is troublesome and the authors 79 could only prepare this ligand in 6% yield

after 2 days. The authors found that all these ligands (2.86 to 2.89) were not effective for

reactions involving aryl halides having an electron-withdrawing group at ortho position with

the exception of o-bromobenzotrifluoride which reacted with o-cresol to form the

corresponding diaryl ether in 75% yield.

2.4.7 Conclusion

While a number of interesting and useful technique for diaryl ether synthesis have been

developed, a need for a high yielding, mild and less expensive, general method for the

formation of this moiety is highly desirable.

Of all the methods described here, the very old but still useful Ullmann reaction predominates

in terms of publications. By careful choosing the suitable starting materials, compounds

containing this moiety can be formed in high yields using the original Ullmann conditions.

Furthermore, the recent developments, for example [THMD (2.64), CuCI, Cs2CO3] that has

been reported to tolerates a wide range of coupling partners has proved the copper-catalysed

39

Page 55: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Ullmann reaction to be a method of choice for diaryl ether formation and this would

undoubtedly increase the utility of this method.

The use of palladium catalysts in the formation of diaryl ethers is also promising. However,

there is a need for the development of ligands (inexpensive) that would facilitate the

preparation of the diaryl ether moiety from all types of aryl halides or triflates and phenols.

Based on the recent developments of Cu and Pd diaryl ether chemistry, undoubtedly the

development of a new simple and straightforward method is on the way.

2.5 Previous synthesis of dl-cycleanine (1.28)

The bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloid cycleanine (1.28) was first isolated from Cyclea insularis

and Stephania cepharantha by Kondo et al.8° in 1937.

Since 1937, only one successful total synthesis of this compound has been reported. This

non-stereospecific total synthesis was published by Tomita et a1. 81 in 1968. Prior to this, they

reported their initial unsuccessful attempt and this is represented in Schemes 2.34 and 2.35. 82

Both of their synthetic routes follow the two general approaches discussed in this chapter (§

2.1.)

In Schemes 2.34 and 2.35, they have adopted a strategy of first synthesising the

benzylisoquinoline d/-8-bromoarmepavine (2.94), which they had hoped will dimerise under

Ullmann condensation to form the desired d/-cycleanine (1.28). Unfortunately, Ullmann

condensation of d/-8-bromoarmrpavine with both metallic copper and copper(II) oxide in

refluxing pyridine was not successful. Only one diaryl ether coupling was possible and that

resulted in formation of 2.95 in 3.9% yield.

40

Page 56: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO

H3CO

H3CO

H3CO

2.93

I CH20, NaBH4 69%

2.92

OH

H3CO

POC13, CHC13 reflux, 45 min H3CO

ic NaBH4, CH3OH

28%

OH OAc

H3CO NO2

Zn-Hg. HC1 93%

H3CO

Br

2.90

2.91

Decalin, p-hydroxyphenyl acetic acid, reflux, 1 h Ac20, pyridine

25%

2.94

SCHEME 2.34

41

Page 57: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3C,

OCH3

dl- Cycleanine (1.28)

H3CO

H3CO CH3

OCH3

2.95

H3 CO

H3CO

OH 2.94

CuO, pyr., reflux 3.9%

SCHEME 2.35

The synthetic route (Schemes 2.34) leading to the key intermediate dl-8-bromoarmeparvine

(2.94) comprises 6 steps from P-nitrostyrene 2.90 (not a commercially available starting

material). However, reactions on this route suffer from low yields with the exception of only

two reactions, namely, Clemmensen reduction of 2.90 to amine 2.91 in 93% yield and N-

methylation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline 2.93 in 69% yield.

42

Page 58: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO

H3CO CHO

OEt H3CO

CuO, K2CO3 H3CO

pyr., reflux 35%

2.101 R = CH3, R 1 = Cbz 2.102 R = H, R 1 = Cbz 2.103 R = CH3, R 1 = H

SCHEME 2.36

Br

2.96

OH

OEt

CH2CO2CH3

2.97 CH2CO2CH3

OH

CH2CO2CH3

CH2C 02R

CH2CO2H

2.98

4' H3CO

NHR 1 H3CO

CH2CO2H

2.99

OEt H3CO

OH" H3CO

H+

Br

2.100

H3CO

H3CO CuO, K2CO3 pyr., reflux

23%

H3CO

H3CO

Scheme 2.36 represents the successful total synthesis that was published in 1968 by the same

group. 81 The route outlines the strategy of first preparing the diaryl ether key precursors. As

indicated in Scheme 2.36 diaryl ethers 2.97 and 2.101 were obtained by Ullmann

condensation of highly electron-rich aryl bromides 2.96 and 2.100 with methyl p-

hydroxyphenylacetate in low yields of 35% and 23%, respectively.

OEt

NO2

Condensation of diaryl ethers 2.102 and 2.103 with DCC produced amide 2.104 in a high

yield of 94%, and the resulted amide 2.104 was hydrolysed to the corresponding carboxylic

acid 2.105. The carboxylic acid 2.105 was esterified (DCC, p-nitrophenol) to p-nitrophenyl

43

Page 59: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.102 + 2.103 DCC

OCH3

OCH3

OCH3

OCH3

H3CO

NHCbz NHR H3C0 v H3C

CH2CO2CH3 CH2CO2H

SCHEME 2.37

OCH3

OCH3

2.104

2.107

2.105 R = Cbz

2.106 R = H

H3 CO

OCH3

dl-cy leanine (1.28)

ester followed by removal of the Cbz group with HBr-HOAc and subsequently cyclised to

cyclobisamide 2.107 by treatment of the resulted product with 40:1 pyridine:triethylamine.

The cyclobisamide 2.107 was obtained in 17% yield from 2.105.

Cyclisation of amide 2.106, which was obtained by catalytic hydrogenolysis of compound

2.105, with DCC and POC13-E3N gave the same cyclobisamide 2.107 in 4% and 10% yields,

respectively.

44

Page 60: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

The cyclobisamide 2.107 was converted to dl-cycleanine 1.28 in 0.067% yield via Bischler-

Napieralski reaction, after reduction of the intermediate 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline and N-

methylation.

2.5.1 Conclusion

The two routes described in § 2.1 and 2.5 constitute a simple and direct approach to the

synthesis of bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids. However, low yields particularly in diaryl ether

and isoquinoline ring formations make the reactions described unattractive and therefore, not

suitable for large-scale preparations. Furthermore, the two routes are not stereoselective in

the formation of the isoquinoline ring and therefore are not suitable for the synthesis of

natural optically-pure bisbenzylisoquinolines. Stereoselective routes are of great importance

since the chirality in optically-pure bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids plays a major role in the

biological activity of these alkaloids. 83 We would like to mention that the poor yields of

diaryl ethers obtained in the previous synthesis of alkaloids described in § 2.1 and 2.5 is

attributable to the use of the highly electron-rich aryl bromides, which are highly

unfavourable for Ullmann ether reaction. We think that an efficient process for the synthesis

of these alkaloids can result:

by careful identifying suitable aryl halides and phenols coupling substrates for diaryl

ether moiety synthesis

by employing a stereoselective approach, which produce optically-pure isoquinolines (§

2.2.1.3).

45

Page 61: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.6 References

Dictionary ofNatural Products on CD-ROM, J.Buckingham, Ed., Chapman and Hall,

London, 2003.

F. Ullmann, Chem. Ber., 1904, 37, 853.

T. Kametani, H. Iida and K. Sakurai, J. Chem. Soc. (C), 1971, 1024.

T. Kametani, H. Iida and K. Sakurai, I Chem. Soc. (C), 1969, 500.

W.M. Whaley and T.R. Govindachari, Org. React., Wiley, New York, 1951, Vol. 6,

p. 74

reference 5, p. 151.

M. Tomita, K. Fujitani and Y. Aoyagi, Tetrahedron Lett., 1967, 1201.

M. Tomita, K. Fujitani, Y. Aoyagi and Y. Kajita, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1968, 16, 217.

T. Kametani and K. Fukumoto, in Isoquinolines, Part 1, G. Guenter Ed., Interscience

Publishers: New York, 1981, Vol. 38, p. 139.

T. Kametani, in The Total Synthesis of Natural Products, J. ApSimon Ed., John Wiley

& Sons, New York, 1977, Vol. 3, p. 1.

M. Shamma and J.L. Moniot, Isoquinoline Alkaloids Research, Plenum Press, New

York, 1978, p. 1.

G. Fodor and S. Nagubandi, Tetrahedron, 1980, 36, 1279.

S. Nagubandi and G. Fodor, Heterocycles, 1981, 15, 165.

G.Fodor, J. Gal and B.A. Phillips, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed.,1972, 11, 919.

X.-J. Wang, J. Tan and K. Grozinger, Tetrahedron Lett., 1998, 39, 6609.

E. Beckmann, Ber., 1886, 19, 988.

L.G. Donaruma and W.Z. Heldt, Org. React., Wiley, New York, 1960, Vol. 11, p. 5.

I. Andreu, D. Cortes, P.Protais, B.K. Cassels, A. Chagraoui and N. Cabedo, Bioorg.

Med. Chem., 2000, 8, 889.

T. Kametani, T. Honda and M. Ihara, J. Chem. Soc. (C), 1971, 2396.

M.D. Rozwadowska, Heterocycles, 1994, 39, 903.

A. Johansson, Contemporary Organic Synthesis, 1995, 2, 393.

D.L. Comins and M.M. Badawi, Tetrahedron Lett., 1991, 32, 2995.

D.L. Comins, P. Thakker, M.F. Baevsky and M.M. Badawi, Tetrahedron, 1997, 53,

46

Page 62: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

16327.

N. Cabedo, I. Andreu, M. Carmen Ramirez de Arellano, A. Chagraoui, A.

Serrano, A. Bermejo, P. Protais and D. Cortes, J Med. Chem., 2001, 44, 1794.

R.P. Polniaszek and J.A. McKee, Tetrahedron Lett., 1987, 28, 4511.

R.P. Polniaszek and C.R. Kaufman, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1989, 111, 4859.

R.P. Polniaszek, J. Chem. Educ., 1989, 66, 970.

K. Yamada, M. Takeda and T. Iwakuma, Tetrahedron Lett., 1981, 22, 3869.

K. Yamada, M. Takeda and T. Iwakuma, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1983, 265.

N. Cabedo, P. Protais, B.K. Cassels and D. Cortes, J. Nat. Prod., 1998, 61, 709.

J. Kang, J.B. Kim, K.H. Cho and B.T. Cho, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, 1997, 8, 657.

R.P. Polniaszek and L.W. Dillard, Tetrahedron Lett., 1990, 31, 797.

M. Yamato, K. Hashigaki, N. Qais and S. Ishikawa, Tetrahedron, 1990, 46, 5909.

K. Hashigaki, K. Kan, N. Qais, Y. Takeuchi and M. Yamato, Chem. Pharm. Bull.,

1991, 39, 1126.

A.-C. Carbonelle, V. Gott and G. Roussi, Heterocycles, 1993, 36, 1763.

M. Chrzanowska and J. Sokolowska, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, 2001, 12, 1435.

C.A. Willioughby and S.L. Buchwald, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1994, 116, 8952.

C.A. Willioughby and S.L. Buchwald, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1992, 114, 7562.

C.A. Willioughby and S.L. Buchwald, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1994, 116, 11703.

C.A. Willioughby and S.L. Buchwald, J. Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 7627.

T. Morimoto, N. Suzuki and K. Achiwa, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, 1998, 9, 183.

T. Morimoto, N. Suzuki and K. Achiwa, Heterocycles, 1996, 43, 2557.

M. Kitamura, Y. Hsiao, M. Ohta, Tsukamoto, T. Ohta, H. Takaya and R. Noyori, J.

Org. Chem., 1994, 59, 297.

N. Uematsu, A. Fujii, S. Hashiguchi, T. Ikariya and R. Noyori, J. Am. Chem. Chem.

Soc., 1996, 118, 4916.

E. Vedejs, J Org. Chem., 1999, 64, 6724.

R Noyori, M. Ohta, Y. Hsiao and M. Kitamura, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1986, 108, 7117.

J.S. Sawyer, Tetrahedron, 2000, 56, 5045.

F. Theil, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 1999, 38, 2345.

47

Page 63: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

G.W. Yeager and D.N. Schissel, Synthesis, 1991, 63.

G.W. Yeager and D.N. Schissel, Synthesis, 1995, 28.

R. Beugelmans, A. Bigot and J. Zhu, Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35, 5649.

R. Beugelmans, G.P. Singh, M Bois-Choussy, J. Chastanet and J. Zhu, J. Org.

Chem., 1994, 59, 5535.

J. Gerencser, G.M. Keseru, I. Macsari, M. Nogradi, M. Katjar-Peredy and A.

Szollosy, J. Org. Chem., 1997, 62, 3666.

N.T.T. Ha, M. Nogradi, J. Brlik, M. Kajtar-Peredy, A. Wolfner, Anti-Cancer Drug.

Des., 1989, 4, 1.

D.A. Evans and J.A. Ellmann, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1989, 111, 1063.

M. Tomita, K.Fujitani and Y. Aoyagi, Chem. Pharm. Bull. , 1965, 13, 1341.

K. Smith and D. Jones, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. I, 1992, 407.

C. Palomo, M. Oirbide, R. Lopez and E. Gomez-Bengoa, J. Chem. Soc., Chem.

Commun., 1998, 2091.

J.-F. Maroux, S. Doye and S.L. Buchwald, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1997, 119, 10539.

K.C. Nicolaou, C.N.C. Boddy, S. Natarajan, T.-Y. Yue, H. Li, S. Brase and

J.M. Ramajulu, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1997, 119, 3421.

A.V. Kalinin, J.F. Bower, P. Riebel and V. Snieckus, J. Org. Chem, 1999, 64, 2986.

R. Gujadhur and Venkataraman, Synth. Commun., 2001, 31, 2865.

E.B. Buck, Z.K. Song, D. Tschaen, P.G. Dormer, R.P. Volante and P.J. Reider, Org.

Lett., 2002, 4, 1623.

P.J. Fagan, E. Hauptman, R. Shapiro and A. Casalnuovo, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2000,

122, 5043.

D.A. Evans, J.L. Katz and T.R. West, Tetrahedron Lett., 1998, 39, 2937.

A.J. Pearson, S.-H. Lee and F. Gouzoules, J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans 1, 1990, 2251.

A.J. Pearson and H. Shin, Tetrahedron, 1992, 48, 7527.

A.J. Pearson and G. Bignan, Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 735.

A.J. Pearson, P. Zhang and K. Lee, J. Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 6582.

A.J. Pearson and P.O. Belmont, TetrahedronLett., 2000, 41, 1671.

A.J. Pearson and S. Zigmantas, Tetrahedron Lett., 2001, 42, 8765.

48

Page 64: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

S. Venkatraman, F.G. Njoroge and V. Girijavallabhan, Tetrahedron, 2002, 58, 5453.

H. Konishi, T. Okuno, S. Nishiyama, S. Yamamura, K. Koyashu and Y. Terada,

Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 8791.

D.A. Evans, C.J. Dinsmore, A.M. Ratz, D.A. Evrard and J.A. Barrow, J. Am. Chem.

Soc., 1997, 119, 3417.

T. Inoue, T. Sasaki, H. Takayanagi, Y. Harigaya, O.Hoshino, H. Hara and T. Inaba, J.

Org. Chem., 1996, 61, 3936.

J.S. Sawyer, E.A. Schmittling, J.A. Palkowitz and W.J. Smith, J. Org. Chem., 1998,

63, 6338.

G. Mann and J.F. Hartwig, Tetrahedron Lett., 1997, 38, 8005.

G. Mann, C. Incarvito, A.L. Rheingold and J.F. Hartwig, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 121,

3224.

A. Aranyos, D.W. Old, A. Kiyomori, J.P. Wolfe, J.P. Sadighi and S.L. Buchwald

J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1999, 121, 4369.

H. Kondo, M. Tomita and S. Uyeo, Ber., 1937, 70, 1890.

M. Tomita, K. Fujitani and Y. Aoyagi, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1968, 16, 62.

M. Tomita, Y. Aoyagi, Y. Sakatani and K. Fujitani, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1967, 15,

1996.

C.K. Angeerhof, H. Guinaudeau, V. Wongpanich, J.M. Pezutto and G.A. Cordell, J.

Nat. Prod., 1999, 62, 59.

49

Page 65: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CHAPTER 3

SYNTHESIS OF PRECURSORS FOR THE

BISBENZYLISOQUINOLINE

3.1 Introduction

From the literature, it is clear that the synthesis of bisbenzylisoquinoline alkaloids

revolves on either the initial preparation of diaryl ether precursors followed by

isoquinoline nucleus formation or the preparation of the benzylisoquinoline monomers,

which are then linked via diaryl formation to produce the dimeric alkaloids (Chapter 2,

literature review). In this chapter, we present our investigations on two different routes

that provide convenient access to useful intermediates that may serve as a vehicle towards

the total the synthesis of the bisbenzyltetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids cissacapine (1.25),

insularine (1.26), insularoline (1.27) and cycleanine (1.28).

3.2 Retrosynthetic analysis

Taking into account the structural similarities between cissacapine (1.25), insularine

(1.26), insularoline (1.27) and cycleanine (1.28), one prerequisite to our synthetic route

was that advanced intermediates should give access to more than one alkaloids. Two

aproaches towards the synthesis of the target alkaloids were explored.

For Approach 1, our retrosynthetic analysis as illustrated for insularine (1.26) in Scheme

3.1 involves cyclisation to form the isoquinolines through the Bischler-Napieralski

reaction of the cyclobisamide 3.1. Cyclobisamide 3.1 can be synthesised via

condensation of derivatives of 3.2 and 3.3. This approach is similar to that published for

dl-cycleanine (1.28) (§ 2.5, Schemes 2.36 and 2.37). 1.2 We hope that the chirality can be

incorporated via asymmetric catalytic hydrogenation of 3,4-dihydroisoquinolines using

chiral reagents as discussed in Chapter 2 (§ 2.2.1.3).

50

Page 66: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

51

3.1 1.26

V HO

HO

OH

3.4

OCH3

OCH3

HO

HO a = Bischler-Napieralski cyclisation b = Carboxamide formation c = Benzylic ether coupling d = Diaryl ether coupling or S NAr coupling e = Diaryl ether coupling

3.3 3.5 R = Electron withdrawing group

X = Halogen

CO2H

3.2

OH

3.4

SCHME 3.1

COCH3

3.6

Page 67: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CHO CHO H3CO

H3CO H3CO

OCH3

H3CO H3CO

NHR H3 CO

OR' COCH3

3.9

Both intermediates 3.2 and 3.3 are required for the total synthesis of insularine (1.26) and

insularoline (1.27), whereas only 3.2 is required for cycleanine (1.28) and 3.3 for

cissacapine (1.25). In this approach we envisioned that the main challenge would be the

formation of diaryl ether moieties as well as the synthesis of 1 1H-

dibenzo[b,e][1,4]clioxepine system, a unique feature of these compounds. It was

envisaged that inexpensive commercially available gallic acid (3.4) and aryl halides 3.5

and 3.6 could be useful starting materials. We planned our synthesis as shown in

Schemes 3.2 and 3.3.

HO C 02H C 02 CH3 H3 CO C 02 CH3

HO

H3 CO

OH

3.4

OH

3.7

COCH3

3.8

V

3.11a R = Boc, R 1 = CH3 3.10

3.11b R = Boc, R 1 = H 3.11c R= H, RI = CH3

SCHEME 3.2

52

Page 68: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CO2CH3 H3CO CO2CH3

4.-

HO CO2H

HO

OH

3.4

H3CO CHO

OCH3

0

3.12 R = CHO, X = Br 3.13 R = COCH3 , X = F

3.14 R = CHO 3.15 R = COCH3

3.17 3.16

SCHEME 3.3

For Approach 2, our retrosynthetic analysis in Scheme 3.4 involves initial preparation of

benzyltetrahydroisoquinoline units. In contrast to the attempt to prepare dl-cycleanine

previously described by Tomita et al.,3 our approach is a chiral auxiliary-based

asymmetric version that gives optically-pure isoquinolines whereas the former 3 is only

suitable for preparation of racemic isoquinolines. As illustrated in Scheme 3.4, the key

features of this approach comprises diaryl ether coupling and asymmetric Bischler-

Napieralski cyclisation. Recent developments on diaryl ether formation of electron-rich

53

Page 69: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

OH

3.18

H3CO

H3 CO

H3CO

H3 CO

H3CO

HO

CHO

Br

3.20

OH

OH

3.19

aryl halides with phenols can allow dimerisation of the benzylisoquinoline units to give

derivatives of 1.28. 4 Incorporation of the chiral auxiliary in bromovanillin derivative 3.20

was planned to be done following procedures developed by Polniaszek 5'6'7 and Cortes 8 .

1.28

3.22 O'Pr R = Chiral 1-phenethylamine

3.21

a = Diaryl ether coupling b = Bischler-Napieralski cyclisation c = Carboxamide formation d = C-C disconnection

SCHEME 3.4

54

Page 70: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

3.26 3.25

CHO

Br Br

3.22 3.24 3.23

,

0

H3CO

H3CO

Br

O'Pr O i Pr

H3CO

HO

H3CO

H3CO

OH H3CO

OD.

H3CO

Based on the retrosynthetic analysis in Scheme 3.4, we planned our synthesis as outlined

in Scheme 3.5. Vanillin (3.22) was chosen as the starting material.

R = Chiral 1-phenethylamine

SCHEME 3.5

3.3 Methyl 3-(4-acetylphenoxy)-4,5-dimethoxybenzoate (3.8)

For Approach 1, our first target was to obtain compound 3.7, which was required as the

upper half of diaryl ether 3.8. As the starting material, we chose the readily available

gallic acid (3.4).

Standard acid-catalysed esterification yielded the methyl ester 3.27. Since catechol

groups can be protected by complexation with borax, it is possible to differentiate

between the phenolic groups of 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzene derivatives. Compound 3.27

was treated with 10% aq. borax to block two ortho hydroxy groups. In situ methylation

with dimethyl sulphate and subsequent acid hydrolysis afforded the desired compound

55

Page 71: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

HO

abs CH3OH lo cat. H2SO4 HO

97%

CO2CH3

OH

3.27

110% aq. Na213407

3.4

HO

HO

CO2H

OH

CO2CH3

..c aq. NaOH

0 (CH3)2SO4 0 B\-0 B

\ —0

/ /

HO HO

H3CO

3.29

H3CO

HO

CO2CH3

3.30 in 84% yield (Scheme 3.6). 9' 1° The 'H NMR spectrum of the product 3.30 confirmed

the presence of two methoxy groups, two aromatic protons and two phenolic protons.

The phenolic protons resonated at 514 5.55 and 51-1 5.89 as broadened singlets. In the 13 C

NMR spectrum of the compound the methoxy group of the methyl ester resonated at Sc

52.1 while the methoxy at C-5 appeared at Sc 56.4. The characteristic carbonyl signal of

the ester was observed at S c 166.8.

CO2CH3

3.28

OH

3.30

SCHEME 3.6

56

Page 72: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO

HO

OH

3.30

CO2CH3

Ac2O Et3N 100%

H3CO

AcO

CO2CH3

OAc

3.31

K2CO3, DMF

Iv-

- -

3.32

The next step was the chemoselective methylation at the 4-position. Although, in the

presence of the para electron-withdrawing ester function, the plc of the 4-OH is lower

than that of 3-OH, the difference in reaction rate between these two phenols is not

sufficient to get selective methylation at the 4-OH in a reaction with K 2CO3 and CH3 I.

Therefore, the method developed by Zhu l "2 and Pearson° on selective alkylation of the

4-OH group of gallic acid derivatives was followed. This approach involves heating of

the diacetate 3.31 in DMF at low temperature in the presence of K 2CO3 and CH3I to give

exclusively the 4-methoxylated compound 3.33.

H3CO

H3CO

OAc

3.33

CO2CH3

OAc

CH3I .4 96%

K2CO3, CH3OH-H20 30 min, rt

le 99%

H3CO

H3CO

CO2CH3

OH

3.7

SCHEME 3.7

57

Page 73: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

This selectivity may be explained by the trace of water present in the reaction medium

that may selectively hydrolyse the 4-acetyl group in 3.31 leading to the intermediate 3.32

stabilised by the conjugation effect of the ester function. Methylation then gave the

product 3.33. The 1H NMR spectrum of the compound 3.33 displayed the expected

signals including a single acetoxy methyl at SH 2.29, three methoxy (OH 3.84, SH 3.85 and

SH 3.88) and two protons in the aromatic region (OH 7.35 and OH 7.46). Two carbonyl

(acetoxy and methyl ester), one methyl (acetoxy), three methoxy signals and six aromatic

carbon signals were observed in the 13C NMR spectrum. Unambiguous proof of this

structure was derived from the 1H NMR spectrum. If the isomeric 3,5-dimethoxy

analogue were formed, it would have resulted in a compound with C2 symmetry, in which

case single signals would have been observed for both the two methoxy groups and the

two aromatic protons. Deacetylation of the monoacetate 3.33 afforded the desired

phenolic compound 3.7 needed for the formation of the diaryl ether. The 1H and 13C

NMR spectra of this compound confirmed the loss of the acetyl group, and the mass

spectrum showed an NC base peak of m/z 212, corresponding to the molecular mass of

3.7.

Given the harsh conditions required and poor yields obtained in copper-mediated Ullmann

coupling reactions when electron-rich aryl halides or electron-deficient phenols are

used, 14,15,16,17 we chose electron-deficient p-bromoacetophenone (3.6) as the second

component for the diaryl ether formation. The acetyl group can easily be transposed in

one or two steps to the required arylacetic acid derivatives by the Willgerodt or related

reactions. 18,19'20

Ullmann condensation of the electron-rich phenol 3.7 with p-bromoacetophenone (3.6) in

the presence of CuO and K2CO3 in pyridine according to Evans and Ellman's conditions"

allowed formation of the diaryl ether 3.8 in 88% yield (Scheme 3.8). The 1H NMR

spectrum of the diaryl ether showed the expected six aromatic protons (two doublets from

four aromatic protons of the lower half resonating as an A2B2 system and another two

doublets from two aromatic protons of the upper half meta coupled to one another). In

addition, the spectrum indicated the presence of three methoxy signals (OH 3.81, O H 3.85

and OH 3.92) and an acetyl group resonating at OH 2.53. The structure was consistent with

13C NMR and MS data, the latter showing the required M ± peak of m/z 330.

58

Page 74: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CO2CH3

OH CH3

3.7 3.6

H3CO

H3CO

H3 CO

H3CO

CuO, K2CO3 pyridine, reflux

88%

3.8

SCHEME 3.8

It should be mentioned that the key success to the preparation of product 3.8 is

attributable to the use of the electron-rich phenol (3.7) derived from gallic acid (3.4) and

the electron-deficient p-bromoacetophenone (3.6), substrates that are highly suitable for

the Ullmann conditions.

Our approach to the diaryl ether formation (Scheme 3.8) is a vast improvement to the

published approach of Tomita et aL 2' 14 as applied in the synthesis of d/-cycleanine (1.28).

It is evident the low yields of diaryl ethers 2.97 (35% yield) and 2.101 (23% yield)

observed by Tomita et al.2' 14 can be ascribed to the use of the electron-rich bromovanillin

derivatives 2.96 and 2.100 as the aryl halides coupling materials (Scheme 2.36). These

substrates are highly unfavourable for this process since the Ullmann reaction is limited to

electron-deficient aryl halides (Chapter 2, diaryl ether synthesis § 2.4.2). Furthermore,

our reaction is suitable for multigram scale preparation.

3.4 Methyl 4-(5-formyl-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenylacetate (3.10)

To prepare compound 3.10, the methyl ester of compound 3.8 should be selectively

transformed into an aldehyde prior to the conversion of the aryl methyl ketone to the

corresponding phenylacetate derivative. Failing to do this transformation first would have

landed our synthesis in trouble since chemoselectivity between the aromatic methyl ester

59

Page 75: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CHO H3CO CH2OH

H3CO PCC or Dess-Martin .1E periodinane,

CH2C12 86%

COCH3 COCH3

moiety of the upper half and the newly generated aliphatic ester moiety derived from the

aryl methyl ketone would not be possible.

H3CO

H3CO

CO2CH3

(CH30)1CH, CH3OH . p-TsOH

95%

H3CO

H3CO

CO2CH3

COCH3 C (OCH3)2C H3

3.8 3.34

LiAIH4 aq. HO 83%

3.9 3.35

SCHEME 3.9

The ketone group of compound 3.8 was protected by acetalisation and the ester group of

the resulted acetal 3.34 was transformed into the aldehyde 3.9 through LiA1H4 reduction

followed by pyridinium chlorochromate oxidation (Scheme 3.9). The oxidation with

Dess-Martin periodinane 21 '22 gave comparable results. The NMR spectrum of 3.9

confirmed the disappearance of the methyl ester and the presence of the aldehyde. The

60

Page 76: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

MS spectrum showed the expected M+ peak of m/z 300 consistent with the molecular,

mass of structure 3.9.

Next, the aryl methyl ketone of 3.9 needed to be converted into its phenylacetic acid

derivative and this process needed to be achieved without affecting the benzaldehyde

moiety. This process is known as Willgerodt-Kindler 18 reaction (Scheme 3.10) and the

classical conditions have found only limited application because of the necessity of high

temperatures, frequently high pressure, long reaction periods required and low to

moderate yields of products obtained. 18 Unfortunately, the aldehydes are also reactive

towards reaction conditions described in Scheme 3.10. 18

S, Morpholine

OH

3.36 3.37

3.38

SCHEME 3.10: Willgerodt-Kindler reaction

A remarkable solution to this problem came from McKillop 19 and Junjappa2° who

independently developed a convenient method for the conversion of the acetophenones to

the corresponding methyl arylacetates in moderate to excellent yields using thallium(III)

nitrate (TTN) and lead(IV) acetate, respectively.

The proposed mechanism of the thallium(III) oxidative reaction involves initial

enolisation assisted by acid (Scheme 3.11). The enol 3.40 of the acetophenone 3.39 reacts

electrophilically with thallium(III) to give the carbonium ion 3.41. The hemiacetal 3.42,

formed by uptake of methanol, then decomposes with migration of the aryl group to

produce the methyl arylacetates 3.43 and simultaneous reduction of thallium(III) to

thallium(I) nitrate.

61

Page 77: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

A similar mechanism applies for the oxidation with lead(IV) acetate. Enolisation assisted

by boron trifluoride etherate followed by oxyplumbation and finally, aryl group migration

will give methyl aryl acetates 3.43 and lead(II) acetate.

0 OH I I I

Ar—C—CH3 Ar—C=-- CH2 TTN

OH

Ar— C— CH2– TI(NO3)2 -NO3-

3.39 3.40 3.41

CH3OH

-H+

V

0 NO3 I I T1NO3 + ArCH2— C— OC H3 H3C0- C-CH2--- Tl

Arm(NO3i:2

3.43 3.42

SCHEME 3.11: TTN oxidative rearrangement of acetophenones to methyl arylacetates

From the mechanism shown in Scheme 3.11, it is evident that the benzaldehyde will be

inert to this oxidative rearrangement process since benzaldehydes lack alpha hydrogens

and therefore cannot enolise as compared to acetophenones.

Treatment of compounds 3.9 with lead(IV) acetate produced the methyl phenylacetate

derivative 3.10 in 89% yield. When thallium(III) nitrate-mediated oxidation reaction was

used, product 3.10 was obtained in 88% yield. The assigned structure 3.10 was confirmed

by and 13C NMR spectra featuring, amongst others, the aldehyde and the CH 2CO2CH3

signals. The important CH2CO2CH3 signals were displayed in the ' 3C NMR at Sc 40.3

(CH2), Sc 52.0 (OCH3) and Sc 171.8 (CO2), while in the 'H NMR they appeared at OH

3.58 (CH2) and 6•H 3.67 (methoxy). The MS showed l‘e peak of m/z 330, which is in full

agreement with the assigned structure 3.10.

62

Page 78: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO

CHO H3CO

Pb(OAc)4, CH3OH, BF3.Et20 3. 89%

or

TTN, CH3OH, HC104 3,..

88%

H3CO

H3CO

COCH3

3.9

CHO

OCH3

3.10

SCHEME 3.12

3.5 13-Phenethylamine derivatives of 3.2

Many methods have been developed for the preparation of 13-phenethylamines. Of these

methods, the nitrostyrene and the nitrile methods probably have been the most widely

used. Judging from the information in the literature, neither of the processes possess a

clear advantage over the other and, therefore, we have investigated both routes.

3.5.1 Nitrostyrene method

The most versatile preparation of nitrostyrenes involves the Henry condensation 23 '24 of a

carbonyl compound 3.44 with nitroalkane 3.45 to give the 13-nitro alcohol 3.46, which

undergoes dehydration producing the conjugated nitroalkene 3.47 (Scheme 3.13).

R1 0 + RCH2NO2

R2

3.44 3.45

base R1 R RI

H2O HO ( R2 NO2 R2

3.46

R

C— NO2

3.47

SCHEME 3.13: Henry condensation reaction

63

Page 79: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Henry condensation of benzaldehyde 3.10 with nitromethane in the presence of

ammonium acetate afforded the bright yellow product 3.48a in only 40% yield. The best

method for this transformation proved to be the condensation with nitromethane in 5% aq.

KOH solution at 0 °C followed by dehydration with 10% aq. HC1 at room temperature.

Using these conditions, the nitrostyrene 3.48a was prepared in 98% yield. The 'H NMR

spectrum of 3.48a showed the characteristic alkene doublets resonating at 6H 7.44 and OH

7.85, with a coupling constants of 13.8 Hz, indicating a trans orientation, while the MS

spectrum displayed the required M + of m/z 373 corresponding to the molecular mass of

the product.

NO2 CHO H3CO

H3CO CH3NO2, 5% aq. KOH I. 10% aq. HCl

98%

OCH3 OCH3

H3CO

H3CO

3.10

3.48a

SCHEME 3.14

With the nitrostyrene 3.48a in hand, we needed to reduce both the nitro and alkene

moieties to produce the required key intermediate 13-phenethylamine derivatives of 3.2.

The reduction of conjugated nitroalkenes such as nitrostyrenes in a single step is known to

be problematic. It is possible to reduce the double bond while keeping the nitro group

intact. 25 '26'27 However, the inverse reaction is not as easily accomplished. The difficulties

in reducing the nitro group in conjugated nitroalkenes with common reducing agents is

thought to arise from the fact that the reaction can lead to an enamine or to an unsaturated

hydroxylamine, and these products are in a generally unfavourable equilibrium with the

64

Page 80: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

respective imine or oxime. All these intermediates can interact to give complex mixtures,

especially with terminal nitroalkenes (R = H, Scheme 3.13). 28,29

For a one-step transformation of conjugated nitroalkene to alkyamines, reduction can be

carried out with lithium aluminium hydride. However, the process often produces

mixtures of products in modest yields. 3°'31 '32 Catalytic hydrogenation has also been used

on occasion with limited success. 33 '34'35 Reduction conditions using amalgamated zinc

have also been reported. 1 '3 A two-step process involving reduction of the double bond

followed by reduction of the nitro group is the other option. For this, a convenient

method is the sodium borohydride-catalysed borane reduction reported by Kabalka's

group. 36,37,38 This reduction provides a simple solution to this rather difficult problem,

although other functionalities such as carbonyl, carboxyl, nitrile, etc. are also affected.

The reaction proceeds via nitronates or nitro salts 3.50, which is then reduced to the

hydroxylamines 3.51 with a borane complex (Scheme 3.15). 39 In the presence of excess

borane the reaction proceeds to 'give the amines 3.52 upon further reaction of

hydroxylamine derivatives 3.51 with borane. Saturated nitro compounds are

unreactive. 36 '37'38'39

R2 R3 , I I

R'—C=C—NO2 NaBH4

R2 R3 I

t.

R 1 - CH—C= N-0-- BH3- Na+

3.49 O

3.50

BH3

R2 R3 H , I I I

R'—CH—CH—N—H

R2 R3 H BH3 , I I I

R CH—CH—N-0—B H2 A

3.52 3.51

SCHEME 3.15: Sodium borohydride-catalysed borane reduction of conjugated

nitroalkenes

65

Page 81: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Initial attempts to the reduction of the nitrostyrene 3.48a with a retention of the aliphatic

methyl ester moiety proved to be problematic, as this reaction could not be accomplished

with a range of reducing agents (H 2, Pd-C; H2, Pt20; H2, Raney-Ni; NiC12.6H2O-NaBH4,

NaBH4, Pd-C). All these conditions resulted in either mixture of products, poor yields of

amines or products resulting from only double bond reduction. Although amalgamated

zinc (Clemmensen reduction) has been reported to reduce the ethyl ester derivative of

3.48a to the corresponding amine derivative of 3.11c in 65% yield, we have repeatedly

been unable to reproduce these results.'

However, selective reduction of the double bond of 3.48a with borohydride exchange

resin26'4° (BER) gave 79% yield of the phenylnitroethane derivative 3.48b, which was

then reduced with amalgamated aluminium (Al/Hg) under sonification 41 to give the

desired key precursor 3.11c in 39% yield (Scheme 3.16). The 1H NMR spectrum of 3.11c

exhibited two sets of triplets at 81-1 2.63 and 81-1 2.90 in the place of the alkene doublets of

the nitrostyrene, indicating the reduction of the alkene. The 13C NMR spectrum indicated

the shift of two alkene signals from the downfield aromatic region to the expected upfield

region 8c 39.5 and Sc 43.4. The IR spectrum showed a pair of sharp absorption bands at

3350 cm" 1 indicating the presence of primary amine (NI -12).

H3CO

H3CO

NO2

BER, CH3OH, 79% 0.

H3CO

H3CO

0

Al-Hg, ultrasound, 39% • 3.48a

p.-3.11c R = NH2

SCHEME 3.16

3.48b R = NO2

66

Page 82: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO NH2

3.48a 3.53a

OH

H3CO

SCHEME 3.17

The structure 3.11c was further confirmed by the MS spectrum exhibiting the required IVI ±

(m/z 345) consistent with the molecular mass of the compound.

Due to the low yield of amine 3.11c, a better method 'was therefore required for this

reaction. Improved results were obtained when the borohydride-catalysed borane

reduction discussed in Scheme 3.15 was used, giving the amino alcohol 3.53a in 70%

yield. The absence of the CH2CO2CH3 signals in both 'H and 13C NMR spectra of this

compound was evident and this clearly suggested the undesired reduction of the ester with

borane. The presence of additional set of two triplets (OH 2.80 and SH 3.82) in the 'H

NMR spectra confirmed the reduction of ester to the alcohol. The NMR spectra were in

good agreement with those of compound 3.11c, except for the signals due to the loss of

the CH2CO2CH3 group. The assigned structures 3.53a was in full agreement with the MS

and IR data.

To regenerate the carboxymethyl moiety lost during the borane reduction, the amino

function of 3.53a was protected as N-Boc followed by the two-step oxidation to give the

required N-Boc amino acid 3.11b (Scheme 3.18). A one-step oxidation using various

oxidation agents proved troublesome yielding a mixture of products. The presence of the

NHBoc group was confirmed by the broad singlet resonance at 611 4.59 and a singlet

67

Page 83: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO

H3CO

OH

resonance integrating for nine protons at 8H 1.40 assigned to three equivalent methyl of

the tert-butyl group. The tert-butyl group signals were observed in the 13C NMR

spectrum at 8c 28.4 (three methyl) and 8c 79.5 (tertiary carbon), while the carbonyl

signals of the NHBoc and carboxylic acid were evident at 8c 156.9 and 8c 176.8,

respectively. The disappearance of the two triplets due to CH2CH2OH was clearly visible

in the '1-1NMR spectrum of product 3.11b.

NH2 H3CO

H3CO

Boc2O, CHC13 1 00%

Dess-Martin periodinane, 92% KMnO4, tBuOH, 51%

NI-113°c

R 3.53b R = CH2CH2OH

3.11b R = CH2CO2H

3.53a

SCHEME 3.18

3.5.2 Nitrile route

Nitriles are easily prepared through the nucleophilic substitution reactions of primary

alkyl halides with cyanide ions. Reduction of the nitrile group may be effected by

catalytic hydrogenation, 42 '43 sodium borohydride in the presence of metal salts, 44,45,46

lithium aluminium hydride, 42 etc. Dimerisation is the common by-product in the

hydrogenation reaction unless an acylating reagent is added to trap the resultant amine.

The nitrile 3.56 was prepared in good yield from the benzaldehyde 3.10 by the standard

reduction-chlorination-cyanation sequence (Scheme 3.19) and the expected structure was

confirmed by the NMR, IR and MS data. The latter exhibited the M 4- peak of m/z 341,

which is in good agreement with the molecular of the structure 3.56. Reduction of the

nitrile group with nickel boride 47 generated from nickel chloride and sodium borohydride

and trapping the resultant amine with Boc2O gave the desired product 3.11a in 78% yield.

68

Page 84: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CHO H3 CO

H3 CO

NaBH4, CH3OH 89%

H3CO

H3 CO

The carboxylic ester group was inert. The compound was characterised by comparison

with spectra of the N-Boc amine 3.11b. All structural features of this compound were

consistent with the NMR, IR and MS data. The MS spectrum showed the required M +

peak of m/z 445 for 3.11a.

0 0

3.10 n— 3.54 R = CH2OH SOC12, CHC13, 66% I

NaCN, DMSO, 76% 3.56 R = CH2CN NiC12.6H20, NaBH4 Boc2O, CH3OH, 78% 3.11a R = CH2CH2NHB oc

SCHEME 3.19

Treatment of compound 3.11a with aqueous K2CO3 produced acid 3.11b in 83% yield

while stirring 3.11a with trifluoroacetic acid in dichloromethane overnight gave 97% of

the free amine 3.11c.

In summary, we have shown a simple and straightforward preparation for derivatives of

3.2 needed as key precursors for the synthesis of a right hand part of insularine (1.26) and

insularoline (1.27). For cycleanine (1.28), these precursors serve as both the left hand and

right hand parts of the compound.

Although both the nitrostyrene and nitrile approaches led to the desired precursors, the

latter seem to be the superior route. As mentioned in § 3.5.1, reduction of the nitrostyrene

is not always successful with common reducing agents. A convenient method for this

3.55 R = CH2C1

69

Page 85: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

reaction requires the use of excess amount of BH 3 .THF complex (at least four equivalents

for each nitrostyrene moiety), which is expensive, not easily available in all laboratories

and requires special handling. In addition, isolation of the free amine after the reduction

with the BH3 complex requires hydrolysis of the amine-borane complex under harsh

conditions, preferably reflux in aqueous acidic solution. These conditions will not be

suitable for nitrostyrenes with acid-sensitive moieties. Although proper methods may be

found, the use of a two-step oxidation (Scheme 3.18) to regenerate the ester moiety lost

due to poor selectivity shown by BH3 complex, further makes this route inferior to the

nitrile approach. Furthermore, the use of the efficient Dess-Martin periodinane as an

oxidising agent also requires an additional two steps for the preparation of this reagent.

With all the abovementioned facts in hand, the nitrile approach presented here is

recommended for the preparation of derivatives of 3.2 since it employs well-established

experimental conditions that are easy to perform at room temperature with reagents that

does not require very dry solvents. It is also known that nickel boride reduction offers

better selectivity with esters, acetals, amides, etc. as compared to the borane complex at

high temperatures.

3.6 11H-dibenzo [b,e][1,4] dioxepine 3.14

Before embarking on the synthesis of the title compound, an extensive search of the

available literature procedures for the preparation of the 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4] dioxepine

moiety was undertaken. This search revealed that the synthesis of the 11H-

dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine derivatives has received almost no attention and only two

papers by Hagmann and his co-workers 48'49 describing the preparation of the 11H-

dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine moiety were found. These authors have prepared anti-

inflammatory/analgesic compounds containing this nucleus by two methods as indicated

in Scheme 3.20.

The first approach involved formation of both the benzylic ether and diaryl ether moieties

in a one-pot process by reacting catechol with 2-chloro-5-nitrobenzyl chloride (3.57) in

the presence of lituOK to give the cyclised compound 3.58 in 28% yield." In another

approach, the diaryl ether moiety was initially formed followed by ring closure of the

70

Page 86: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

benzylic ether formation to give the tricyclic compound 3.60 in 2.5% yield. 49 The latter

approach produced substantial amounts of dimeric product.

02N CI HO

HO

43u0K, DMF 02N 28%

3.57

3.58

3.59 R = CH2Br 3.60

SCHEME 3.20

We reasoned that the failure of their first approach leading to product 3.58 might be

attributable to the fact that diaryl ether formation by 'reaction between aryl halides and

phenols is usually favoured by the presence of the catalyst such as Cu or Pd. Although an

electron-withdrawing group is present in 3.57, aryl chlorides are not very reactive towards

aromatic nucleophilic substitution reactions.

We planned our approach for the preparation of the tricyclic system as shown in Scheme

3.21. We envisaged that a more efficient process would result if we could adopt a

strategy of first forming the benzylic ether compound 3.61 and subsequently cyclise via

diaryl ether formation between an electron-deficient aryl halide (I, Br or F) nucleus or aryl

halide bearing moderate electron-donating group and the electron-rich phenol.

In a model reaction, we synthesised the simple tricyclic compound 3.65 as depicted in

Scheme 3.22. Benzylation of the diacetate 3.31 with 2-bromobenzyl bromide using the

procedure of Zhu 11,12 and Pearson 13 as described for the synthesis of 3.33 (Scheme 3.7),

gave the 4-benzyloxy derivative 3.63 in 58% yield. The 1HNMR spectrum confirmed the

presence of the expected six aromatic protons (as multiplet resonances), two methoxy

71

Page 87: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CO2CH3 CO2CH3 H3CO

HO

CO2CH3

> OP X

R

groups, one acetyl group and two benzylic ether protons resonating at 5H 5.18 as a singlet.

In the 13C NMR the benzylic ether signal resonated at Sc 73.8. Hydrolysis of the resultant

product 3.63 afforded the phenolic compound 3.64. The loss of the acetyl group was

evident in the 11-1 NMR spectrum. The product was further consistent with the 13C NMR

and MS data. When compound 3.64 was subjected to Ullmann conditions (CuO, K 2CO3,

pyridine, 115 °C), ring closure proceeded to give the cyclised 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]

dioxepine 3.65 in 55% yield (Scheme 3.22). The product was fully characterised on the

basis of NMR and MS data. The presence of six aromatic protons OH 7.26-7.53), two

methoxy groups OH 3.87 and 5H 3.88) and a singlet for two protons of the benzylic ether

(OH 5.40) was evident from the '14 NMR spectrum. The 13 C NMR spectrum showed the

presence of two methoxy, one benzylic ether, twelve aromatic carbons and the ester

carbonyl (resonating at Sc 166.2) signals. There was no indication of the formation of the

dimeric product as compared to Hagmann's approach 49 and the MS data confirmed the

formation of only 3.65 by displaying an Nr peak (m/z 286) corresponding to the

molecular mass of the tricyclic compound 3.65.

3.62 X = Halogen 3.61

R = Electron-withdrawing or moderate electron-donating group

P = Protecting group

SCHEME 3.21

72

Page 88: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CuO, K2CO3 OH pyridine Br

55%

CO2CH3 H3CO CO2CH3

H3CO

AcO

CO2CH3

K2CO3, DMF 2-bromobenzyl bromide

58%

CO2CH3

OAc

3.31

3.63 K2CO3, CH3OH-H20 fe

70%

3.65 3.64

SCHEME 3.22

Upon successful completion of the model reaction (Scheme 3.22), we then directed our

efforts to the preparation of the tricyclic system 3.14, which we identified as a possible

precursor for the preparation of compound 3.16. We envisaged that the readily available

m-xylene could be used as the starting material for the preparation of 4-bromo-3-

bromomethylbenzaldehyde (3.68) that we identified as the benzylic bromide starting

material for the preparation of the 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine derivative 3.14. The

synthetic pathway for the preparation of the benzyl bromide 3.68 is outlined in Scheme

3.23.

73

Page 89: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CH2Br • CH2Br

H2SO4 -4 75%

CHO

3.68

CHBr2

3.67

Bromination of m-xylene with bromine in the presence of K10-montmorillonite clay

according to the method of Venkatachalapathy and Pitchumani 5° yielded exclusively the

ring brominated product 3.66 in 73% yield. The bromination of m-xylene in the absence

of K10-montmorillonite clay has been reported to give only the side-chain brominated

product in 67% yield. 50 The montmorillonite clay probably acts as a Lewis acid, thereby

facilitating ionic bromination as oppose to radical bromination that would lead to side-

chain brominated products. The 'H NMR spectrum was in complete agreement to the

published data. 51 The structure was further consistent with the 13C NMR and MS data.

Treatment of bromo-m-xylene (3.66) with three equivalents of bromine under radical

conditions (irradiation with 100W lamp) yielded the tetrabromo derivative 3.67, which

after hydrolysis of the benzylic dibromide function, gave the desired 4-bromo-3-

bromomethylbenzaldehyde 3.68 (Scheme 3.23).

CH3

Br2, K10-Mont. CC14, r.t.

73%

CH3

CH3

CH3

3.66

3 eq. Br2 CC14, hv

90%

SCHEME 3.23

74

Page 90: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO

AcO K2CO3, DMF

Br Br

CHO

3.68

H3CO

HO

OAc

3.69

OAc Br

CO2CH3

CO2CH3

OAc

3.31

The 1H NMR spectrum of 3.68 showed the presence of the expected three protons in the

aromatic region, two benzylic protons resonating at SH 4.63 and one aldehyde proton at OH

9.96. The MS data confirmed the presence of two bromines, as the M ± peak exhibited the

characteristic 79Br/81 Br isotope pattern. The m/z 280 corresponding to M+4 was displayed

in the MS data. In an NOE experiments, irradiation of the aldehyde proton (OH 9.96) gave

positive enhancements of the H-6 OH 7.64, dd, J = 2.1 and 8.1 Hz) and H-2 (OH 7.93, d, J

= 2.1 Hz) proton signals, thereby confirming the structure 3.68.

Surprisingly, benzylation of the diacetate 3.31 with benzyl bromide 3.68 under the same

conditions described in Scheme 3.22, 'resulted in the acetolysis of the benzylic bromide

producing a mixture of 4-bromo-3-acetoxymethyl derivative 3.70 and the phenolic

compound 3.69 (Scheme 3.24). The characteristic peak of the 4-acetyl group was no

longer present in the 1H and 13 C NMR spectra of 3.69. The infrared spectrum further

confirmed the presence of the phenolic OH group, which was indicated by the strong

absorption at 3590 cm-1 . In the 1H NMR spectrum the phenolic proton resonated at OH

5.94 as a broad singlet.

CHO

3.70

SCHEME 3.24

The acetolysis of the benzylic bromide of 3.68 was indicated by the characteristic shifting

of the CH2Br signal from 6H 4.63 to 611 5.19 and the presence of additional signal at 6H

75

Page 91: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

2.14 due to the methyl protons of the acetyl group. This was further confirmed by the 13C

NMR spectrum, which in addition to the expected aromatic carbon and aldehyde signals

showed three signals at 5c 20.8, Sc 65.0 and 5c 170.2 due to the acetoxymethyl group. At

this stage we have no explanation why reaction of benzyl bromide 3.68 and diacetate 3.31

does not give the 4-O-alkylated derivative, the product previously obtained when alkyl

halides (MeI and 2-BrPhCH 2Br) were used (Schemes 3.7 and 3.22). More interestingly,

phenol 3.69 could be produced in pure form and high yield (92%) by treatment of the

diacetate 3.31 with K2CO3 in DMF without added alkyl halide at low temperature. 11,12,13

Therefore, benzylation was carried out directly by heating phenol 3.69 with benzylic

bromide 3.68 to produce the desired O-benzylated compound 3.71 in 77% yield (Scheme

3.25).

H3CO

HO

CO2CH3

Li2CO3, DMF 77%

CO2CH3

OAc

3.69

CHO

3.68

CHO

3.71

CO2CH3 1. K2CO3, CH3OH-H20

2. H+ 84%

CHO

3.12

SCHEME 3.25

76

Page 92: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CO2CH3 CO2CH3

CHO CHO

CuO, K2CO3 pyridine

73% THF:CH3OH 90%

The mass spectrum of 3.71 showed the expected peaks of m/z 436 and 438 corresponding

to M+ and M+2 peaks, exhibiting the characteristic 79Br/81Br isotope pattern. The 1 11

NMR spectrum was characterised by the expected one acetyl, two methoxy, two benzylic

protons, five aromatic protons and the aldehyde signals. The structure was further

consistent with the 13C NMR spectrum.

The cyclisation step leading to the formation of the 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine

derivative 3.14 was achieved via diaryl ether bond formation. Compound 3.12 was

cyclised (Scheme 3.26) in a high yield under the same conditions described for the

tricyclic compound 3.65 in Scheme 3.22. The high yield of 3.14 compared to 3.65

(described in Scheme 3.22) is due to the presence of the electron-withdrawing formyl

group para to the bromine of 3.12. Ullmann reaction of electron-deficient aryl halides

and electron-rich phenols allow formation of the diaryl ether moiety in good yields

(Chapter 2).

3.12 3.14 SOC12, CHC13 NaCN, DMSO

68%

3.72a R = CH2OH

3.72b R = CH2CN

SCHEME 3.26

The 114 NMR spectrum of 3.14 displayed the presence of the five aromatic protons with

the expected splitting pattern, two methoxy groups, two benzyl ether protons and the

aldehyde proton. The carbonyl carbons of the ester and aldehyde were clearly evident at

Sc 165.9 and Sc 190.1, respectively. The MS spectrum of the product indicated the

disappearance of the bromine isotopic peaks that were present in the starting material,

77

Page 93: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

clearly suggesting displacement of bromine in the reaction. An M -1- base peak of m/z 314

corresponding to the molecular mass of 3.14 confirmed the assigned structure.

Alternatively, compound 3.12 could be efficiently cyclised in 78% yield using the

palladium-catalysed diaryl ether method [Pd(OAc)2, K3PO4, 2.86) recently developed by

Buchwald's group 52, which involve the use of electron-rich bulky phosphine ligands. The

bulky nature of the phosphine ligands is thought to be responsible for increasing the rate

of reductive elimination of the diaryl ether from the palladium. 52

The 2-(di-tert-butylphosphino)biphenyl (2.86), readily available in 67% from 2-

bromobiphenyl (3.73) following the literature procedure, 52 was found to be effective for

this transformation. The m.p. and NMR ( 1 H, 13C and 31P) data of the compound were

identical to that reported by Buchwald. 52

Mg Cu(I)Cl, P( tBu)2C1

67%

3.73

2.86

SCHEME 3.27

The 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine 3.14 was converted to the benzyl cyanide derivative

3.72b (Scheme 3.26) via the sequential reduction-chlorination-cyanation reactions similar

to those given in Scheme 3.19. The product 3.72b was in full agreement with the NMR

data. The 1H NMR displayed four singlets resonating at 5H 3.71 (benzyl cyanide protons),

OH 3.88 and 5H 3.89 (two methoxy), and 5H 5.37 assigned to two benzylic ether protons.

The important benzylic cyanide (CH2CN) signal was evident at Sc 23.0, while that of the

benzylic ether (CH2OPh) was observed in the expected region at Sc 69.7.

78

Page 94: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CH2CN

3.72b

H3C0 CHO

CH2CN

3.74

H3C0 CHO

CH2CO2H

3.75

CO2CH3

x fo.

3.7 Unsuccessful attempted synthesis of acid derivative of 3.16

We planned to convert the methyl ester group in compound 3.72b to the aldehyde 3.74

and hydrolyse the nitrile group of 3.74 to the corresponding acid 3.75 (Scheme 3.28). As

we had limited success in reducing the methyl ester group of compound 3.72b selectively

to 3.74 without affecting the nitrile group, we finally abandoned this route. Both lithium

N,N-dimethylaminoborohydride 53'54 and modified lithium aluminium hydride-silica gel"

reductions that are known to be effective for this transformation, failed to give the desired

3.74. These reagents gave complex mixtures of products. An alternative approach was

therefore sought. Given that the acetophenone moiety of 3.9 was converted to the methyl

phenylacetate derivative 3.10 without difficulties, we decided to substitute the formyl

group in 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine 3.14 by an acetyl group. Thus the 11H-

dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine 3.15 was then synthesised as described in the following

paragraph.

SCHEME 3.28

3.8 11H-dibenzo[b,e] [1,4]dioxepine 3.15

For the preparation of compound 3.15, we required a 4-halo-3-bromomethylacetophenone

as our benzyl bromide component. Although the bromo or the iodo derivatives could be

effective benzyl bromide coupling partners, we chose the fluoro compound because of the

ease with which electron-deficient aryl fluorides undergoes displacement reaction in

diaryl ether formation without added catalyst. 4

79

Page 95: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CH3 CH3C0C1 AlCl3 , C S2 a'

100%

CH3 NB S CC14, hv

74%

CH-)13r

COCH3

3.77

COCH3

3.76

3-Methyl-4-fluorooacetophenone (3.76) was prepared in excellent yield by the Friedel-

Crafts acylation of o-fluorotoluene and was converted to the bromomethyl derivative 3.77

by benzylic bromination with NBS under radical conditions (Scheme 3.29). The acetyl

proton (5H 2.57) and carbon (Sc 26.5 and Sc 195.8) resonances were evident in the 1 11 and

13C NMR spectra, while the signals at 5H 4.51 integrating for two protons and Sc 31.6 are

due to the benzylic bromide moiety. In the NMR spectrum, complex splitting patterns

were observed due to the additional H-F couplings. However, all splitting patterns were

consistent with structure 3.77.

SCHEME 3.29

The unusual substitution of the acetyl group para to the halogen in Friedel-Crafts

acylation of the o-halotoluenes have been previously studied in detail by other researchers

and it has been accepted that Friedel-Crafts acylation of o-haloalkyl aromatics does in fact

proceed para to the halogen instead of being directed to the ortho or para position with

respect to the alkyl substituent with more electron donating properties. 56'57

This effect in which the halogen adjacent to a methyl group affects the methyl such that it

no longer exerts its usual activating effect has been explained by the partial rate factors of

methyl group and halo substituents in Friedel-Crafts acylation. 56'57 In the Friedel-Crafts

acylation of o-chlorotoluene, Todd and Pickering 57 observed that the methyl group of

toluene enhances attack para to it by a factor of about 700 and also enhances attack at any

one ortho and meta position by a factors of about 25 and 10, respectively. The chloro

group deactivates the position para to it by a factor of about 100, and the other positions

by a very much larger factors (probably 10 4 or greater). Multiplication of the appropriate

80

Page 96: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

partial rate factors leads to the result that the position para to the chloro of o-chloro-

toluene is by a wide margin the favoured position for attack in this reaction.

Benzylation of the phenolic compound 3.69 with 3.77 followed by O-deacetylation under

similar conditions described in Scheme 3.25 gave the desired 4-O-benzylated product

3.13 in good yield. The MS spectrum of product 3.13 showed the desired M + peak of m/z

390. The NMR ('H and 13C) signals for the upper half of this compound were in good

agreement to those of product 3.12. In addition, complex splitting patterns ascribed to the

lower half of the compound was in good agreement with those observed in 3.77 (H-F

coupling). The acetophenone methyl signal resonated at SH 2.58 as a singlet.

CO2CH3

+

CO2CH3

OAc

3.69

COCH3

3.78

CO2CH3 K2CO3, CH3OH-H20

H+ 96%

COCH3

3.13

SCHEME 3.30

81

Page 97: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

K2CO3, DMF 92%

CO2CH3

COCH3

3.13

CO2CH3

COCH3

3.15

In contrast to the cyclisation of 3.12 described in Scheme 3.26 (requiring the use of the

copper salts or palladium catalysts), ring closure of compound 3.13 to give 3.15 was

effected in 92% yield by heating 3.13 in DMF at 70 °C in the presence of K2CO3. As

mentioned before, electron-deficient aryl fluorides are very reactive and undergoes

nucleophiclic aromatic substitution reactions in the absence of the catalyst. 4'58'59'60 This

compound 3.15 exhibited NMR spectral features almost similar to those of 3.14 except for

the signal at OH 2.56 and, Sc 26.5 and Sc 196.2 due to the acetyl group in 3.15 as

compared to the formyl group in 3.14. The M± base peak of m/z 328 is consistent with the

molecular mass of 3.15. Furthermore, and 13C NMR spectra were devoid of the

H-F and C-F coupling patterns observed in the starting material 3.13, indicating the

absence of fluorine in the product.

SCHEME 3.31

As shown in § 3.6 and 3.8, we have succeeded in developing procedures for the

preparation of the 11H-dibenzo[b, e] [1,4]dioxepine tricyclic system. These methods are

simple to perform, proceed in high yields and are viable for large-scale preparations. This

represents a significant improvement compared to the available methods that have been

shown to produce this moiety in disappointing yields (Scheme 3.20). 48,49 It should be

mentioned that the key success to this transformations is the utilisation of the suitable

electron-deficient aryl halides and electron-rich phenols in the cyclisation reaction

82

Page 98: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CO2 C113

(CH3 O)3CH, CH3 OH, H+, 98% LiA1H4, then aq. HC1, 83% 31..

H3 CO

through diaryl ether formation. In both approaches, the utility of the diaryl ether

formation has been fully demonstrated.

We believe this approach will provide an entry to a wide range of medicinally important

compounds containing this tricyclic system. However, this approach will require further

elaboration of the electron-withdrawing groups in the aryl halides ring to the desired

functionality unless the target compounds possess such groups.

3.9 Conversion of 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine 3.15 to methyl

acetate derivative 3.16

The preparation of phenylacetate derivative 3.16 from 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine

3.15 was done using similar methods described for the preparation of 3.10 from

acetophenone 3.9 (Schemes 3.9 and 3.12). A four-step process comprising acetalisation,

reduction, hydrolysis and oxiditation afforded compound 3.80 in good yield (Scheme

3.32). The NMR spectra showed the disappearance of the methyl ester that was present in

the starting material. The aldehyde signals were observed at 51-1 9.79 and Sc 190.0 in the

NMR spectra while the acetyl signal resonated at 5H 2.58, Sc 26.6 (CH3) and Sc 196.5

(COCH3). The mass spectrum showed the expected M + base peak of m/z 298 consistent

with structure 3.80.

COCH3

3.15

COCH3

3.79 R = CH2OH

_D. 3.80 R = CHO PCC, CH2C12 , 95%

SCHEME 3.32

83

Page 99: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Treatment of 3.80 with a mixture of Pb(OAc) 4, BF3 .Et20 and CH3OH in benzene afforded

the desired product 3.16 in 52% yield, whereas 97% yield was obtained via thallium(III)

nitrate oxidative rearrangement method described in Scheme 3.11.

The moderate yield obtained in the oxidation with lead(IV) acetate may be attributed to

the poor solubility of the starting material in the benzene solvent. The presence of the

expected two carboxymethyl protons, two methoxy signals, two benzylic ether protons,

five aromatic protons with expected splitting patterns and the aldehyde proton was clearly

visible in the 111 NMR spectrum. The 13C NMR showed, amongst others, the presence of

the important ester carbonyl at Sc 171.0, carboxymethyl at Sc 40.3 (CH2CO2), methoxy of

the methyl ester at Sc 52.2 and the aldehyde at Sc 190.2. The MS spectrum showed the

M+ peak of m/z 328 consistent with the assigned structure 3.16.

H3CO CHO

H3CO CHO

Pb(OAc)4, CH3OH, BF1.Et9 0 11...

52%

or

TTN, CH3OH, HC104 30,

97% OCH3

COCH3

3.80

3.16

SCHEME 3.33

3.10 f3-phenethylamine derivatives of 3.3

The 13-phenethylamines were prepared by methods similar to those used for the synthesis

of derivatives of 3.2 (§ 3.5). Condensation of benzaldehyde 3.16 by Henry condensation

in aq. KOH solution gave the nitrostyrene 3.81 in 83% yield (Scheme 3.34). The 1H

84

Page 100: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO CHO

CH3NO2, 5% aq. KOH lo. 10% aq. HC1

83%

OCH3

NO2

NMR spectrum exhibited the alkene doublets resonating at SH 7.50 and S H 7.84, with the

coupling constants of 13.5 Hz, confirming the trans orientation.

3.16

3.81

SCHEME 3.34

Reduction of the nitrostyrene 3.81 with the borane method (Scheme 3.15) afforded the

amino alcohol 3.82 (Scheme 3.35). The 1H NMR spectra displayed four triplets due to

CH2CH2OH (OH 2.82 and .511 3.77) and CH2CH2NH2 OH 2.62 and OH 2.91), methoxy

singlet (OH 3.81), two benzyl ether protons resonating as singlet OH 5.27) and five protons

in the aromatic region. The assigned structure was in complete agreement with the MS

data showing the M+ of m/z 315. The structure was also in good accord with the 13 C

NMR and IR data. The methyl ester lost during the reduction can be regenerated via

oxidation of the primary alcohol moiety using the same conditions described for the

preparation of compound 3.11b (Scheme 3.18).

Due to the inherent disadvantages of the borane reduction step as described in § 3.5.1 this

reaction sequence was not further pursued and we have opted for the nitrile approach (§

3.5.2).

85

Page 101: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

3.81

OH

3.82

BH3.THF, cat. NaBH4 67%

H3CO NO2 H3CO NH2

SCHEME 3.35

In the alternate approach to the phenethylamines, the one-pot reduction-acylation of the

phenylacetonitrile 3.85 derived from the benzaldehyde 3.16 via sequential reduction-

chlorination-cyanation processes afforded the desired intermediate 3.17 (Schemes 3.6 and

3.37).

The spectrum of 3.17 exhibited the expected signals. The important NHBoc signals

appeared as a singlet at 6H 1.41 (three methyl of tert-butyl group) and a broadened singlet

6H 4.51 (NH). Two signals integrating for two protons each resonating at OH 2.63 and OH

3.32 were assigned to CH2CH2NHBoc and CH2NHBoc, respectively. The other structural

features of the compound were already assigned in the previous starting material.

86

Page 102: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

OCH3

NaBH4, CH3OH 78%

H3CO CHO

Boc2O, CH3OH 88%

3.16 SOC12, CHC13, 100%

NaCN, DMSO, 87%

3.83 R = CH2OH 3.84 R = CH2C1

3.85 R = CH2CN

SCHEME 3.36

3.85

3.17

SCHEME 3.37

It should also be mentioned here that both the nitrostyrene and the nitrile route are

suitable for the preparation of the phenethylamine derivatives of 3.2 and 3.3, the possible

key intermediate for the preparations of the bisbenzylisoquinoline. However, the lack of

chemoselectivity observed in the reduction reactions in Schemes 3.17 and 3.35 as well

87

Page 103: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

other disadvantages associated with the use of borane, make the nitrile route more

attractive.

Once more, we have succeeded in preparing another key precursor 3.17 required for the

synthesis of cissacapine (1.25). In addition, this precursor 3.17 together with either 3.11a,

3.11b or 3.11c serve as the right and left hand parts of insularine (1.26) and insularoline

(1.27).

3.11 Model carboxamide formation and attempted Bischler-

Napieralski cyclisation

Having successfully prepared our key precursors, we were now in a stage to synthesise

cyclobisamides derivatives of 3.1 followed by cyclisation to produce the isoquinoline

compounds. We planned to do our coupling studies to form the carboxamide moiety in

the same way Tomita et al. 2 did in the synthesis of dl-cycleanine (1.28) as described in

Chapter 2. In contrast to Tomita et al. 2 , we chose 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazen-2-y1)-4-

methylmorpholinium chloride61 '62 (DMTMM) (3.87) instead of DCC as the coupling

agent. This reagent has been reported to be more efficient than DCC and EDC and it is

easily prepared at a low cost from cyanuric chloride (3.86a) following literature methods

as shown in Scheme 3.38. 62 '63 This water-soluble reagent allows formation of

carboxamides (in high yields and high purity) in alcohol, THE or water by mixing the

acids and amines without any additives at atmospheric conditions.

Cl

N

Cl

N

N

CH3

Cl N

2 eq. NaHCO3 .j■

N (0) N

C1-/L

0

+) N-- CH3

N N

N OCH3 Cl CH3OH/H2OH

ro. 100%

74% H3CON%L

OCH3 H3CO

3.86a 3.86b 3.87

SCHEME 3.38

88

Page 104: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

OCH3

OCH3

3.11c 0

3.11b

DMTMM (3.87), CH3OH 94%

H3CO

H3CO

3.88d 3.88a RI = CH3, R2 = Boc

3.88b R 1 = H, R2 = Boc

3.88c Ri = H, R2 = H

K2CO3, CH3OH-H20 79%

TFA, CH2C12 quantitative

...4

SCHEME 3.39

Condensation of compounds 3.11b and 3.11c in methanol with DMTMM (3.87) gave the

amide 3.88a (Scheme 3.39). The 111 NMR spectrum features the expected five methoxy,

six methylene, NHBoc, one carboxamide NH, and twelve aromatic protons signals. The

89

Page 105: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

important carboxamide (NHCO) signal generated from the coupling was observed as

broad singlet at 5H 5.58, while that of the NHBoc resonated at 5H 4.62 in the 1H NMR

spectrum. The 13 C NMR showed presence of three carbonyl groups resonating at Sc

156.9 (NHBoc), Sc 171.4 and Sc 171.9 (carboxamide and ester).

Hydrolysis of the carboxylic methyl ester followed by deprotection of the amine afforded

3.88c. The loss of the OCH 3 and NHBoc signals was established by 1 H NMR spectrum.

The MS spectrum showed the M + peak of m/z 644 corresponding to the molecular mass of

structure 3.88c.

At this stage, we had two options. The first option was to form the first 3,4-

dihydroisoquinoline by a Bischler-Napieralski reaction, followed by a second sequence of

amide formation and Bischler-Napieralski ring closure. In our reaction, we attempted the

Bischler-Napieralski reaction of derivatives of 3.88 hoping to form 3.88d. We chose

POC13 as our cyclisation agent. Disappointingly, our reactions indicated the formation of

complex mixtures on TLC. Attempts to identify the mixtures with the NMR was met

with no success. At this stage it was clear that the conditions for the Bischler-Napieralski

reaction need to be optimised before this reaction can be attempted. This study will be

pursued in our RAU laboratories.

In the alternative approach, the formation of the second carboxamide will precede the

double Bischler-Napieralski reaction to form the bisbenzyldihydroisoquinoline. The use

of the Bischler-Napieralski reaction to convert cyclobisamides 2.13 and 2.107 to the

alkaloids dl-cepharanthine (2.14) and dl-cycleanine (1.28) (Schemes 2.6 and 2.37) has

been reported. In these reactions, the cyclobisamides were cyclised followed by reduction

of the corresponding 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline and finally N-methylation to give the

corresponding alkaloids 2.14 and 1.28. It is clear that the low yields obtained are due to

the Bischler-Napieralski reaction since it was mentioned that the TLC for the Bischler-

Napieralslci-reduction reactions showed the formation of several spots. Unfortunately,

due to time constraints, we did not have enough material of derivatives of 3.88 to

investigate this route. However, this will be pursued as soon as the optimal Bischler-

Napieralski conditions have been found.

90

Page 106: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO

HO

3.89

Br

3.90

NaBH4 CH3OH

96%

CHO H3CO

Br2, HOAc 95% HO

3.22

CHO

Br

3.93 3.92

CH2OH CH2C1 H3CO SOC12 CHC13 82% H3CO

3.91

CH2CN H3CO

Nom— aCN DMSO

74% H3CO

3.12 Synthesis of optically-pure benzyltetrahydroisoquinoline

intermediates 3.98 and 3.103

As shown in Scheme 3.5, our Approach 2 features preparation of the optically-pure

benzyltetrahydroisoquinoline intermediates by introducing an appropriate chiral auxiliary

on the nitrogen atom. We decided to utilise both of (5)- and (R)-1-phenethylamine

enantiomers using Polniaszek's method. 5 '6'7

25% , acCNa0H, EtOH 81%

OH

Br

3.23

SCHEME 3.40

Vanillin (3.22) proved to be a very effective starting point for a convenient preparation of

the phenylacetic acid 3.23 (Scheme 3.40). Bromination 64,65,66 of vanillin (3.22) followed

by methylation gave the benzaldehyde 3.90. Conversion of benzaldehyde 3.90 to

91

Page 107: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

phenylacetic acid 3.23 requires one carbon homologation, which was achieved by a

standard reduction-chlorination-cyanation-hydrolysis sequence. The 'H NMR spectrum

of the product 3.23 was in agreement with the assigned structure with the aromatic

protons resonating as a set of meta coupled doublets at SH 6.78 and 8 H 7.05. The 1 H NMR

further revealed the presence of two methoxy (OH 3.80 and OH 3.85) and carboxymethyl

(OH 3.57) signals.

The carbonyl signal of the carboxylic acid was evident at 8c 179.0 in the 13C NMR

spectrum of 3.23. The MS spectrum confirmed the presence of bromine, as the M +

showed the characteristic 79Br/81 Br isotope pattern.

Incorporation of the chiral auxiliary via DMTMM (3.87) condensation of phenylacetic

acid 3.23 with (S)-(-)-1-phenethylamine afforded the optically-pure amide 3.94 in

excellent yield (Scheme 3.41). The 'H NMR spectrum showed the expected seven

aromatic protons resonating as a set of meta coupled doublets (OH 6.74 and OH 6.98) and a

multiplet integrating for five protons at OH 7.18-7.29. Apart from the aromatic protons,

the 'H NMR also displayed methyl doublet, two methoxy singlets, CH quartet and NH

broad singlet. The structure 3.94 was consistent with the 13C NMR, MS and IR data. The

product gave optical rotation of [4 325 = -24.5 (c = 1.46 CHC13).

The amide 3.94 was reduced with BH 3 .THF complex in the presence of the BF3.Et20

complex to give the chiral amine 3.95 with [4325 = -36.1 (c = 0.89 CHC13) in 54% yield.

The 13C NMR spectrum of the product indicated the disappearance of the amide carbonyl

signal, which was present in the starting material at Sc 169.2 and as a result, two

methylene signals appearing at Sc 35.9 and Sc 48.4 indicated the formation of amine. The

shift of the broad singlet NH from 8H 5.95 to OH 1.48 was evident in the 'H NMR. The

signal integrating for four protons resonating at OH 2.60-2.65 were assigned as the two

methylenes.

92

Page 108: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3CO

H3CO

Br

0 Ph

H CH3

Br

Ph

-r..CH3

OH

DMTMM, THE-H20 84%

3.96

POC13, PhCH3

Br 3.95

O'Pr

H2N Ph OH H3CO

h CH3

DMTMM, CH3 OH-H20 H3CO 100%

3.23 3.94

BH3.THF BF3 . Et20

54%

H3 CO

H3 CO

3.97 3.98

SCHEME 3.41

The amine 3.95 was acylated with p-isopropyloxyphenylacetic acid using DMTMM

(3.87) to give acetamide 3.96 in 84% yield as an inseparable mixtures of cis, trans

configurational isomers (Scheme 3.41). The next step was the Bischler-Napieralski

formation of the isoquinoline nucleus. At this stage we had enough material of the chiral

acetamide 3.96 and we could afford playing around with various factors of this reaction in

order to obtain the optimal conditions. It was found that the use of an excess amount of

93

Page 109: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

POC13 in anhydrous benzene and long reaction periods gives the isoquinoline compounds

in good yields. With these conditions in hand, we hope we shall also be able to further

elaborate our precursors (Approach 1) to the desired bisbenzyltetrahydroisoquinoline

alkaloids.

Treatment of the chiral acetamide 3.96 with excess POC13 (23 eq.) in refluxing anhydrous

benzene overnight under the Bischler-Napieralski cyclisation reaction afforded the chiral

iminium ion 3.97, which was used for the next step without further purification.

Stereoselective reduction of the iminium ion 3.97 with NaBH4 in methanol at —78 °C

afforded the (5)-N-substituted tetrahydroisoquinoline 3.98 in 70% yield based on amide

3.96. The product 3.98 gave an optical rotation of [a]D 25 = +78.6 (c = 1.56 CHC13). The

assigned structure was in good agreement with the NMR and MS data. The 1H NMR

spectrum exhibited the expected ten aromatic protons compared to eleven found in

starting material 3.96, isopropyloxy, two methoxy, chiral auxiliary (methine and methyl)

and seven protons (two a-H and five tetrahydropyridine protons). Neither the amide

carbonyl nor the imine (C=N) present in the starting material 3.96 and the intermediate

3,4-dihydroisoquinolinium ion 3.97, respectively were present in the 13C NMR spectra of

3.98. Instead two signals at 5 58.9 and 5 60.4, assigned to C-1 and NCHCH3 were

observed. In the NMR, only a single compound was observed. The presence of a second

diastereomer could not be detected by either TLC or NMR. Therefore, it is clear that the

reduction proceeded with high stereoselectivity.

Repeating the synthetic route in Scheme 3.41, the diastereomer 3.103 was prepared using

chiral (R)-(+)-1-phenethylamine as shown in Scheme 3.42. The spectral data of all chiral

compounds derived from (R)-1-phenethylamine were in full agreement with those derived

from the (5)-1-phenethylamine. However, these compounds showed optical rotations in

opposite direction as compared to those obtained from (5)-enantiomer. Optical rotations

for products 3.99, 3.100, 3.101 and 3.103 were [a]D25 = +21.8 (c = 1.03 CHC1 3), +31.2 (c

= 4.32 CHC13), +42.9 (c = 1.10 CHCI3) and —83.7 (c = 1.33 CHC13), respectively. A

slight differences were observed in the absolute value of the enantiomeric products.

However, this could be attributed to the starting materials. The (5)-(+1-phenetyhlamine

showed an [a]D25 = -36.3 (c = 1.23 CHC1 3) whereas the (R)-isomer gave [a]D 25 = +34.3 (c

1.70 CHC13).

94

Page 110: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Br

H3CO

NaBH4, CH3OH H3CO -78 °C 70%

3.23

POC13, PhCH3

H3CO

H3CO

3.102 3.103

OH

H3CO CH3

H3C0 ."Ph DMTMM, THE-H20 O H 84%

O'Pr

3.101

3.99

BH3.THF BF3 .Et20

61%

Br

3.100

OiPr

OH H2NCH3 H3CO 0 r . '"' Ph CH3

DMTMM, CH3OH-H20 H3C0 fiNT—('Ph 100%

H

SCHEME 3.42

We presented an efficient and stereoselective preparation of optically-pure

benzytetrahydroisoquinolines 3.98 and 3.103 that we believe will provide an easy access

to both stereoisomers of cycleanine derivatives (1.28). This approach shows a major

improvement in terms of yields and stereoselectivity obtained as compared to the

previously-published method in Scheme 2.34. For the alkaloids of cissacapine type

(1.25) we would recommend the use of the other approach outlined in Scheme 3.1. This

95

Page 111: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CH3

is in view of the fact that it might be impractical to employ our methods for thee

construction of the 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine moiety as the concluding reactions in

Approach 2.

3.13 Attempted phenoxylation of benzyltetrahydroisoquinoline 3.98

With both optical-pure 3.98 and 3.103 available, we were now in position to proceed with

the formation of dimeric compounds. Compound 3.98 (3.103) can serve as both the aryl

halide (the isoquinoline nucleus) and the phenol (the benzyl aryl, after removal of the

isopropyl protecting group). Catalytic hydrogenation in the presence of palladium would

remove the N-benzyl group of the chiral auxiliaries. We decided to do a model

phenoxylation reaction to obtain optimal conditions for this process (Scheme 3.43).

CH3

SCHEME 3.43

It is known that diaryl ether formation between phenols and electron-rich aryl halides is

problematic (Chapter 2, § 3.4 and Scheme 2.35). For this transformation, we also needed

a method that would not lead to racemisation. Buchwald 52, Hauptman67 and Song68 have

independently developed methods that allow coupling of phenols with the electron-rich

aryl halides. Buchwald52 mentioned that phosphine ligand 2.89 can be used effectively

for coupling of electron-rich aryl halides with phenols. Unfortunately, we could not

utilise this approach as we were unable to prepare ligand 2.89 following the literature

method, 52 which described the preparation of this ligand in 6% yield only. Our reaction

resulted in the formation of four non-identified oxidised product ( 31 P NMR spectrum,

96

Page 112: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

crude product). Attempted coupling of 3.98 with p-cresol in the presence of CuCl,

Cs2CO3 and 8-hydroxyquinoline in diglyme at 90 °C (Hauptman method 67) was met with

no success. Similarly, Song 's procedure 68 that involves the use of CuCI, Cs 2CO3 and

TMHD (2.64) in NMI' failed to effect coupling. Although boronic acids were shown to

couple well with phenols (Chapter 2), the boronic derivative of 3.98 that was derived by

lithium-halogen exchange and borylation of 3.98 did not give the coupled product when it

was reacted with the p-cresol. These results were not surprising to us since ortho-

heteroatom boronic acids do not work well in this reactions (For example, see Scheme

2.26).

At this stage we are still searching for a method that would be suitable for this

transformation. This study will be a priority in our laboratories at RAU.

3.14 Conclusion and Further Work

The results discussed in this thesis involved the establishment of the convenient, good

yielding and straightforward methodologies for the synthesis of the suitable key

intermediates that we hope will facilitate future total synthesis of the natural

bisbenzyltetrahydroisoquinoline alkaloids and modified analogues for the study of the

structure-activity relationship.

We succeeded in preparing the key precursors containing all the functionalities required

for the further elaboration towards the total synthesis of cissacapine (1.25), insularine

(1.26), insularoline (1.27) and cycleanine (1.28). Two different synthetic strategies were

illustrated and both routes possess the advantages of using well-established experimental

conditions, which are easy to perform, are good yielding, offer better chemoselectivity

and an easy protection-deprotection sequences and are requiring inexpensive, readily-

available starting material and reagents.

Having succeeded in preparing all the key precursors identified in retrosynthetic Scheme

3.1, we carried out the model carboxamide formation reaction and Bischler-Napieralski

reaction. We were able to prepare the carboxamide derivatives of 3.88 from 3.11a and

3.11b. Bischler-Napieralski cyclisation of the dimeric carboxamide derivative of 3.88

97

Page 113: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

was not successful and this reaction will be studied in detail following the Bischler-

Napieralski conditions used in Schemes 3.41 and 3.42 to get the optimal conditions.

Although the preparation of precursor 3.11a seems to be longer than the previously

described method 2, it represents a considerable achievement in terms of yields in the key

steps involving linkage of two ring units to form the diaryl ether moiety as well as having

the above-mentioned advantages making it suitable for moderate to large-scale

preparations. It should be mentioned that the utility of diaryl ether formation was fully

demonstrated, a process which was met with disappointment on the synthesis of diaryl

ether compounds of type 3.11a by the previous methods 2' 14. In addition, the efficient

diaryl ether moiety cyclisation through copper-mediated Ullmann, Pd-catalysed reaction

and SNAr reaction in the synthesis of 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine system is quite

remarkable and we believe that the developed approach will allow access to the synthesis

of other compounds containing this 11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine nucleus.

The second synthetic strategy, which produced benzyltetrahydroisoquinolines 3.98 and

3.103, is short and more efficient in terms of yields and enantioselectivity. This approach

provides the availability of both stereoisomers and this would allow access to various

bisbenzyltetrahydroisoquinolines with different absolute configuration. In this process

the Bischler-Napieralski reaction reactions proceeded smoothly to give the desired chiral

benzylisoquinoline monomers. Coupling of the monomers to their corresponding dimeric

alkaloids via diaryl ether formation was unsuccessful, but we hope that by careful

modifications of the recently-published procedures that tolerate electron-rich aryl halides,

this route will become viable for the preparation of the desired alkaloids. These studies

will be pursued at RAU laboratories.

We strongly believe that both the protocols we developed put us in position to synthesise

the natural alkaloids and a wide range of their analogues and explore their structure-

activity relationship. Further research in this field will be actively pursued at the RAU

laboratories as we strongly believe that the synthesis of bisbenzyltetrahydroisoquinoline

alkaloids warrants greater attention than it has been receiving to date.

98

Page 114: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

3.15 References

1 M. Tomita, Y.Aoyagi, Y. Sakatani and K. Fujitani, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1968,

16, 56.

2. M. Tomita, K. Fujitani and Y. Aoyagi, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1968, 16, 62.

3 M. Tomita, Y. Aoyagi, Y. Sakatani and K. Fujitani, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1967,

15, 1996. J.S. Sawyer, Tetrahedron, 2000, 56, 5045.

R.P. Polniaszek and J.A. McKee, Tetrahedron Lett., 1987, 28, 4511.

R.P. Polniaszek, J. Chem. Educ., 1989, 66, 970.

R.P. Polniaszek and C.R. Kaufman, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1989, 111, 4859.

N. Cabedo, I. Andreu, M. Carmen Ramirez de Arellano, A. Chagraoui,

A. Serrano, A. Bermejo, P. Protais and D. Cortes, J. Med. Chem., 2001, 44, 1794.

T.W. Green and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd Ed.,

John Wiley, New York, 1991, p. 173.

G.R. Pettit and S.B. Singh, Can. J. Chem., 1987, 65, 2390.

J. Zhu, J. Chastanet and R. Beugelmans, Synth. Commun., 1996, 26, 2479.

J. Zhu, J.-P. Bouillon, G.P. Singh, J. Chastanet and R. Beugelmans, Tetrahedron

Lett., 1995, 36, 7081.

A.J. Pearson and P.R. Bruhn, J. Org. Chem., 1991, 56, 7092.

M. Tomita, K. Fujitani and Y. Aoyagi, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1965, 13, 1341.

D.A. Evans and J.A. Ellman, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1989, 111, 1063.

N.T.T. Ha, M. Nogradi, J. Brlik, M. Kajtar-Peredy and A. Wolfner, Anti -Cancer

Drug Des., 1989, 4, 1.

J. Gerencser, G.M. Keseru, I. Macsari, M. Nogradi, M. Kajtar-Peredy and A.

Szollosy, J. Org. Chem., 1997, 62, 3666.

E.V. Brown, Synthesis, 1975, 358.

A. McKillop, B.P. Swann and E.C. Taylor, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1973, 95, 3340.

B. Myrbor, H. Ila and H. Junjappa, Synthesis, 1981, 126.

R.K. Boeckman, P. Shao and J.J. Mullins, Org. Synth., 1999, 77, 141.

D.B. Dess and J.C. Martin, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1991, 113, 7277.

F.A. Luzzio, Tetrahedron, 2001, 57, 915.

A.G.M. Barrett and G.G. Graboski, Chem. Rev., 1986, 86, 751.

99

Page 115: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

R.S. Varma and G.W. Kabalka, Synth. Commun., 1985, 15, 843.

N.M. Goudgaon, P.P. Wadgaonkar and G.W. Kabalka, Synth. Commun., 1989, 19,

805.

R.S. Varma and G.W. Kabalka, Heterocycles, 1985, 23, 139.

N.L. Laso, B. Quiclet-Sire and Z. Zard, Tetrahedron Lett., 1996, 37, 1605.

G.W. Kabalka and R.S. Varma in Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, B.M. Trost

and I. Fleming, Eds., Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1991, Vol. 8, p. 363.

F.A. Ramirez and A. Burger, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1950, 72, 2781.

R.T. Gilsdorf and F.F. Nord, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1952, 74, 1837.

Y. Sekine, C. Creveling, M. Bell and A. Brossi, Hely. Chim. Acta, 1990, 73, 426.

V.I. Vinogradova, Khim. Prir. Soedin., 1990, 67.

R.T. Coutts and J.C. Malicky, Can. J. Chem., 1974, 52, 395.

A.N. Jara, M.A. Tones, B.K. Cassels and M.C. Rezende, Synth. Commun., 1994,

24, 417.

M.S. Mourad, R.S. Varma and G.W. Kabalka, Synth. Commun., 1985, 14, 1099.

R.S. Varma, Y.-Z. Gai and G.W. Kabalka, J. Heterocycl. Chem., 1987, 24, 767.

G.W. Kabalka, L.H.M. Guindi and R.S. Varma, Tetrahedron, 1990, 46, 7443.

M.S. Mourad, R.S. Varma and G.W. Kabalka, J. Org. Chem., 1985, 50, 133.

T.B. Sim and N.M Yoon, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 1997, 70, 1101.

R.W. Fitch and F.A. Luzzio, Tetrahedron Lett., 1994, 35, 6013.

A.G.M. Barret in Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, B.M. Trost and I. Fleming,

Eds., Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1991, Vol. 8, p. 251.

R.L. Augustine, Catalytic Hydrogenation, Techniques and Applications in

Organic Synthesis, Marcel Denker, Inc., New York, 1965.

B. Ganem and S.W. Heinzman, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1982, 104, 6801.

T. Kudo and A. Nose, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1986, 34, 3905.

N. Kunesch, Y. Lu, C. Miet and J. Poisson, Tetrahedron: Asymmetry, 1990, 1,

707.

S. Caddick, A.K. de K. Haynes, D.B. Judd and M.R.V. Williams, Tetrahedron

Lett.,2000, 41, 3513.

W.K. Hagmann, C.P. Dorn, R.A. Frankshun, L.A. O'Grady, P.J. Bailey, A.

Rackham and H.W. Dougherty, J. Med Chem., 1986, 29, 1436.

W.K. Hagmann, L.A. O'Grady, C.P. Dorn and J.P. Springer, J. Heterocycl.

100

Page 116: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Chem., 1986, 23, 673.

C. Venkatachalapathy and K. Pitchumani, Tetrahedron, 1997, 53, 2581.

C.J. Pouchert and J.R. Campell, The Aldrich Library of NMR Spectra, Aldrich

Chemical company, United State of America, 1974, Vol. 4, p.60.

A. Aranyos, D.W. Old, A. Kiyomori, J.P. Wolfe, J.P. Sadighi and S.L. Buchwald,

J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1999, 121, 4369.

C.J. Collins, G.B. Fisher, A. Reem, C.T. Goralski and B. Singaram, Tetrahedron

Lett., 1997, 38, 529.

G.B. Fisher, J.C. Fuller, J. Harrison, S.G. Alvarez, E.R. Burkhardt, C.T. Goralski

and B. Singaram, J. Org. Chem., 1994, 59, 6378.

Y. Kamitori, M. Hojo, R. Masuda, T. Inuoe and T. Izumi, Tetrahedron Lett., 1983,

24, 2575.

T.A. Elwood, W.R. Flack, K.J. Inman and P.W. Rabideau, Tetrahedron, 1974, 30, ,

535.

D. Todd and M. Pickering, J. Chem. Educ., 1988, 65, 1100.

G.W. Yeager and D.N. Schissel, Synthesis, 1991, 63.

G.W. Yeager and D.N. Schissel, Synthesis, 1995, 28.

R. Beugelmans, G.P. Singh, M. Bois-Choussy, J. Chastanet and J. Zhu, J. Org.

Chem., 1994, 59, 5535.

M. Kunishima, C. Kawachi, K. Hioki, K. Terao and S. Tani, Tetrahedron, 2001,

57, 1551.

62 M. Kunishima, C. Kawachi, J. Morita, K. Terao, F. Iwasaki and S. Tani,

Tetrahedron, 1999, 55, 13159.

J.R. Dudely, J.T. Thuyrston, F.C. Schaefer, D. Holm-Hansen, C.J. Hull and P.

Adams, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1951, 73, 2986.

Z. Yang, H.B. Liu, C.M. Lee, H.M. Chang and H.N.C. Wong, J. Org. Chem.,

1992, 57, 7248.

65 D.V. Rao and F.A. Stuber, Synthesis, 1983, 308.

66 J. Morey, J. Chem. Educ., 1988, 65, 626.

P.J. Fagan, E. Hauptman, R. Shapiro and A. Casalnuvo, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2000,

122, 5043.

E. Buck, Z.J. Song, D. Tscaen, P.G. Dormer, R.P. Volante and P.J. Reider, Org.

Lett., 2002, 4, 1623.

101

Page 117: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CHAPTER 4

EXPERIMENTAL

4.1 General

All reactions requiring anhydrous solvents were performed under nitrogen pressure in an oven

dried or flame-out glass apparatus, unless otherwise mentioned.

All required chemicals or reagents were obtained from ACROS, FLUKA, ALDRICH or

MERCK and used without further purification unless otherwise specified. All solvents were

purified and distilled before use. Anhydrous solvents were obtained from appropriate drying

agents as follows. 1 Tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, toluene and benzene were distilled under

nitrogen from sodium wire and benzophenone. Pyridine and dichloromethane were refluxed

over calcium hydride. Chloroform, carbon tetrachloride and carbon disulfide were refluxed

over phosphorus(V) oxide. N,N-Dimethylformamide and acetone were stored over sodium

sulphate and distilled. Dimethyl sulphoxide was dried over two batches of 4A molecular

sieves and distilled under reduced pressure.

Thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on Merck silica gel plates (60 F254). Flash

chromatography was performed using Merck Kieselgel 60 (230-400 mesh) with hexane and

increasing amounts of ethyl acetate unless otherwise stated. Detection of the developed TLC

plate was accomplished using UV254 light followed by spraying with chromic acid and heating

in an oven. Iodine was also used as an alternative method for detection. Alkaloids and

amines were detected using either ninhydrin or cobalt(II) thiocyanate spraying reagents.

NMR spectra ('H and 13C) were recorded on a Varian Gemini 300 MHz spectrometer in

deuterated chloroform using tetramethylsilane as internal standard, unless otherwise stated.

Chemical shifts are reported in parts per million (ppm, 5). Where required, nuclear

Overhauser effect (NOE) spectroscopy were employed to determine position of substituents.

Coupling constants are calculated as observed in the 11-INMR spectra.

102

Page 118: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

The following abbreviations are used for the mutiplicity of signals:

s singlet br broadened

d doublet dd doublet of doublets

t triplet ddd doublet of doublets of doublets

q quartet m multiplet

Electron impact mass spectra (EI-MS) were recorded on either a Finingan-MAT 8200

spectrometer or a Shimadzu GCMS QP2010 apparatus. Melting points were determined

using a Reichert Kofler hot-stage apparatus and are uncorrected. Optical rotations were

measured on a JASCO DIP 370 digital polarimeter. The measurement were obtained at the

sodium (Na) D line=589 nm. Infrared spectra were recorded on a Perkin Elmer 881

spectrometer in spectroscopic grade CHC13 solutions.

4.2 Synthetic procedures

4.2.1 Methyl 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate (3.27)

CO2CH3

OH

3,4,5-Trihydroxybenzoic acid (10.0 g, 58.8 mmol) was dissolved in absolute CH3OH and

conc. H2SO4 (0.3 ml) was added. After refluxing overnight, the solvent was evaporated to

give a white solid. The residue was dissolved in ether, washed with sodium bicarbonate

solution and brine. The organic phase was dried (MgSO 4) and evaporated to afford methyl

gallate (3.27) (10.5 g, 97%) as a white solid.

Mp: 96-97 °C (lit. 2 95-97 °C).

'H NMR (CD3OD) 5: 7.86 (3H, br s, OH), 7.03 (2H, s, H-2, H-6, ArH), 3.80 (3H, s,

CO2CH3).

13C NMR (CD30D) 5:52.3 (CO2CH 3), 109.9 (2C, C-2 and C-6), 121.3 (C-1), 131.2 (C-4),

146.3 (2C, C-3 and C-5), 168.9 (CO 2CH3).

103

Page 119: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

MS m/z: 184 (1\e, 90), 153 (100), 125 (37), 107 (10), 79 (26).

4.2.2 Methyl 3,4-dihydroxy-5-methoxybenzoate (3.30)

CO2CH3

OH

Methyl gallate (3.27) (5.0 g, 27 mmol) was dissolved in 10% aq. sodium tetraborate

decahydrate (borax) solution (400 ml) and stirred for 30 min. Dimethyl sulphate (15 ml) and

a solution of sodium hydroxide (7.0 g in 50 ml of H2O) were each added dropwise to the

stirred solution over 2.5 h and stirring was continued overnight. Conc. H2SO4 (25 ml) was

added and stirring continued for an additional hour. The product was extracted with

chloroform and the combined extracts were washed with 20% aq. sodium bicarbonate

solution, brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give 3.30 (4.5 g, 84%) as a white solid.

The compound showed single spot on TLC (1:1 hexane:EtOAc).

Mp: 110 °C (lit. 3 110-111 °C).

NMR 5: 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.90 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.55 (1H, br s, OH), 5.89 (1H, br s,

OH), 7.19 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-6

or H-2, ArH).

13 C NMR 5: 52.1 (CO2CH3), 56.4 (OCH3), 104.8, 110.9, 121.7, 136.8, 143.3, 146.3, (6ArC)

166.8 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 198 (M+, 84), 183 (7), 167 (93), 155 (5), 139 (18), 124 (8), 85 (97), 83 (100),

77 (6), 67 (9), 47 (72).

IR vma. (cm-1 ): 3400, 1700.

4.2.3 Methyl 3,4-bis(acetoxy)-5-methoxybenzoate (3.31)

H3CO CO2CH3

OAc

104

Page 120: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

To the solution of phenol 3.30 (10.0 g, 50 mmol) in acetic anhydride (19.0 ml, 202 mmol)

was added triethylamine (42.5 ml, 305 mmol) at 0 °C. The solution was stirred at room

temperature for 1 h. The excess of acetic anhydride was destroyed by addition of EtOH (3m1).

The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts

were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to give white solid (14.2 g,

100%) of diacetate 3.31.

Mp: 86-87 °C.

1 H NMR 8: 2.27 (3H, s, OAc), 2.29 (3H, s, OAc), 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.89 (3H, s, OCH3),

7.45 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2•or H-6, ArH), 7.52 (1H, d, 1= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6,

ArH).

"C NMR 8: 20.3 (OCOCH3), 20.5 (OCOCH3), 52.4 (CO2CH3), 56.4 (OCH3), 110.7, 116.8,

128.1, 135.8, 143.1, 152.2, (6ArC), 165.5 (CO2), 167.1 (CO2), 167.9 (CO2).

MS m/z: 282 (r, 8), 251 (3), 240 (40), 198 (100), 167 (69), 139 (9), 43 (86).

IR Vmax (cm 1): 1790, 1730.

4.2.4 Methyl 3-acetoxy-4,5-dimethoxybenzoate (3.33)

CO2CH3

OAc

The mixture of the diacetate 3.31 (10.0 g, 35 mmol), K2CO3 (15.0 g, 101 mmol) and CH3I

(4.5 ml, 105 mmol) in DMF was heated at 40 °C for 8 h. The inorganic salt was filtered out

and the filtrate was diluted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed several times with

water to remove most of the DMF, dried (MgSO4), evaporated and flash chromatographed

(4:1 hexane:EtOAc) to afford 3.33 (8.6 g, 96%).

1 11 NIVIR 8: 2.29 (3H, s, OAc), 3.84 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.88 (3H, s,

OCH3), 7.35 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.46 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-

2 or H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 20.6 (OCOCH3), 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.2 (OCH3), 60.7 (OCH3), 111.2, 116.9,

124.9, 143.4, 145.0, 153.0, (6ArC), 165.8 (CO2), 168.8 (CO2).

105

Page 121: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

MS m/z: 254 (M+, 78), 226 (68), 212 (100), 198 (56), 197 (87), 181 (82), 153 (52), 125,

(67), 109 (36), 77 (30).

IR v„,a,c (cm-1 ): 1790, 1730, 1500.

4.2.5 Methyl 3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxybenzoate (3.7)

H3CO

H3CO

CO2CH3

OH

To the solution of compound 3.33 (8.0 g, 31.5 mmol) in CH3OH (100 ml) and H2O (25 ml)

was added K2CO3 (13.0 g, 94 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30

min. After removal of the volatiles, the aqueous solution was acidified with 5% aq. HC1. The

organic compound was extracted with EtOAc, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give

compound 3.7 as white solid (6.6 g, 99%)

Mp: 66-68 °C.

NMR 6: 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.91 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.06 (1H, OH),

7.15 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.27 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6,

ArH).

13C NMR 6: 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.0 (OCH3), 60.9 (OCH3), 105.54, 109.8, 125.5, 139.3,

148.8, 151.8, (6ArC), 166.6 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 212 (M+, 100), 197 (58), 181 (92), 169 (10), 141 (37), 137 (17), 123 (11), 109

(12), 93 (10), 67 (22), 59 (17), 28 (30).

IR vmax (cm-1 ): 3550, 1725.

4.2.6 Methyl 3-(4-acetylphenoxy)-4,5-dimethoxybenzoate (3.8)

COCH3

106

Page 122: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

A mixture of methyl 3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxybenzoate (3.7) (5.5 g, 26 mmol), p-bromo-

acetophenone (3.6)(6.2 g, 31 mmol), anhydrous K2CO3 (7.2 g, 52 mmol) in anhydrous

pyridine (80 ml) was heated at 80 °C for 10 min. Copper(II) oxide (5.1 g, 65 mmol) was

added and the mixture was refluxed for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solution

was filtered and poured into water. The aqueous mixture was extracted with EtOAc, washed

successively with copper sulphate solution, brine and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation of the

solvent gave a brown residue which was flash chromatographed (4:1-7:3 hexane:EtOAc) to

give diaryl ether 3.8 (7.6 g, 88%) as a pale yellow oil.

11-1 NMR 5: 2.53 (3H, s, COCH3), 3.81 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.92 (3H, s,

OCH3), 6.91 (2H, d, J= 9.0 Hz, H-2', H-6', ArH), 7.36 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-2

or H-6, ArH), 7.46 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.90 (2H, d, J= 9.0

Hz, H-3', H-5', ArH).

13C NMR 6: 26.5 (COCH3), 52.3 (CO2CH3), 56.3 (OCH3), 61.0 (OCH3), 110.0, 116.2 (2C,

C-2', C-6'), 116.3, 125.4, 130.5 (2C, C-3', C-5'), 131.9, 145.4, 147.3, 153.5,

161.6, (12ArC), 165.9 (CO2CH3), 196.5 (COCH 3).

MS m/z: 330 (Nr, 88), 315 (100), 299 (12), 285 (11), 271 (5), 241 (5), 229 (3), 214 (7),

185 (5), 167 (10), 149 (27), 137 (12),111 (22), 97 (36), 71 (52).

IR vm.(cm-1): 1725, 1710.

4.2.7 Methyl 3-[4-(1,1-dimethoxyethyl)phenoxy]-4,5-dimethoxybenz-

oate (3.34)

C(OCH3)2CH3

Diaryl ether 3.8 (7.0 g, 21 mmol), anhydrous CH3OH (70 ml), trimethyl orthoformate (15 ml)

and p-toluene sulphonic acid (100 mg) were refluxed for 18 h. The solution was cooled to

room temperature and triethyl amine (0.5 ml) was added. The solvent was evaporated in

107

Page 123: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

CCH3

vacuo to give 3.34 as a white solid (7.2 g, 91%). The product was used for the next step

without purification.

Mp: 91-92 °C.

NMR 5: 1.51 (3H, s, CH3), 3.16 (6H, s, 20CH3, acetal), 3.83 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.88 (3H,

s, OCH3), 3.92 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.88 (2H, d, J= 9.0 Hz, H-2', H-6', ArH), 7.31

(1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.41 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6,

ArH), 7.42 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, H-3', H-5', ArH).

13 C NMR 5: 26.1 (CH3), 48.9 (2C, OCH3, acetal), 52.3 (CO2CH3), 56.3 (OCH3), 61.1

(OCH3), 101.5 [C(OCH3)2], 108.9, 115.5, 117.0 (2C, C-2', C-6'), 125.1, 127.7

(2C, C-3', C-5'), 137.5, 145.0, 148.8, 153.4, 156.8, (12C), 166.1 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z:

376 (M±, 21), 361 (31), 345 (100), 340 (26), 315 (52), 287 (12), 271 (5), 157

(30), 89 (16), 43 (62).

1R vinax (cm-1 ): 1730.

4.2.8 4-(5-Hydroxymethyl-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)acetophenone

(3.35)

H3C0 CH2OH

Diaryl ether 3.34 (2.5 g, 6.6 mmol) in anhydrous THE (10 ml) was added to an ice cold

suspension of LiA1H4 (700 mg) in anhydrous THE (40 ml)over 30 min. After stirring for 2 h

at room temperature, the excess reagent was destroyed by careful addition of water. The

precipitates formed was dissolved by addition of 1M NaOH. The organic components were

extracted with ether and evaporated to give benzyl alcohol as colourless oil. The benzyl

alcohol was dissolved in CH3OH (15 ml) and 15% aq. HC1 was added. The mixture was

stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The volatiles were evaporated in vacuo and the organics

were extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo

108

Page 124: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

to give the residue which was flash chromatographed (7:3-1:1 hexane:EtOAc) to give (1.65 g,

83%) of 3.35 as white solid.

Mp: 97 °C

114 NMR 5: 2.54 (3H, s, COCH3), 3.75 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.89 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.62 (2H, s,

Cf_120H), 6.65 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.83 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz,

H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.95 (2H, d, J= 9.0 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.90 (2H, d, J=

9.0 Hz, H-2, H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 26.5 (COCH3), 56.2 (OCH3), 61.0 (OCH3), 64.7 (CH2OH), 107.5, 112.5, .116.2

(2C, C-3, C-5), 130.5 (2C, C-2, C-6), 131.6, 137.0, 140.5, 147.8, 154.0, 161.9,

(12ArC), 196.7 (COCH3).

MS m/z: 302 (MI-, 100), 287 (53), 271 (5), 255 (4), 227 (15), 198 (8), 185 (12), 43 (90).

vmax (crn-1): 3495, 1680.

4.2.9 3-(4-Acetylphenoxy)-4,5-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (3.9)

To the stirred orange mixture of PCC (740 mg, 3.44 mmol) and anhydrous NaOAc (50 mg) in

anhydrous CH2C12 (5 ml) was added at once a solution of benzyl alcohol 3.35 (800 mg, 2.60

mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (5 ml). The resulting dark brown solution was stirred at room

temperature for 2.5 h and then quenched by addition of anhydrous ether (10 ml). The solvent

was decanted and the black solid was washed with ether. The combined organics were

evaporated to give a brown residue which was passed through a short silica column (1:1

hexane: EtOAc) to give compound 3.9 (684 mg, 86 %) as a yellow oil.

NMR 5: 2.55 (3H, s, COCH3), 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.95 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.97 (2H, d, J=

9.0 Hz, H-2', H-6', ArH), 7.19 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.33 (1H,

109

Page 125: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.94 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, H-3', H-5', ArH),

9.81 (1H, s, CHO).

13C NMR .5 26.5 (COCH3), 56.3 (OCH3), 61.2 (OCH3), 107.8, 116.3 (2C, C-2', C-6'),

117.7, 130.6 (2C, C-3', C-5'), 131.8, 132.1, 146.8, 147.9, 154.3, 161.4,

(12ArC), 190.1 (CHO), 196.5 (COCH3).

MS m/z: 300 (Mt, 63), 285 (100), 240 (8), 198 (36), 167 (9), 142 (7), 43 (40).

IR vm. (cm 1): 1725, 1680.

Dess-Martin periodinane oxidation 4'5 in CH2C12 gave similar results.

4.2.10 Methyl 4-(5-formy1-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenylacetate (3.10)

4.2.10.1 Lead(IV) acetate oxidative rearrangement

A mixture of acetophenone 3.9 (350 mg, 1.16 mmol), anhydrous CH3OH (2 ml) and BF3.Et20

(1 ml) was added at once to a stirred suspension of Pb(OAc)4 (540 mg, 1.22 mmol) in

anhydrous benzene (5 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h and

diluted with ice water. The organic phase was extracted with benzene, washed with 5% aq.

Na2CO3 and brine, and then dried (MgSO4). Removal of the solvent in vacuo followed by

flash chromatography (7:3 hexane:EtOAc) gave 3.10 as a yellow oil (342 mg, 89%).

4.2.10.2 TTN oxidative rearrangement

Acetophenone 3.9 (5.0 g, 16.6 mmol) in CH3OH (20 ml) was added dropwise to a solution of

TTN (7.7 g, 16.7 mmol) and 70% perchloric acid (20 ml) in CH3OH (50 ml). After stirring

overnight, the thallium(I) nitrate which precipitated was filtered out and water was added.

110

Page 126: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

The mixture was extracted with CH2C12. The CH2C12 extract was washed with saturated,

NaHCO3, brine and water. Evaporation of the solvent in vacuo gave the residue which was

flash chromatographed (7:3 hexane:EtOAc) to give oily phenylacetate 3.10 (4.84 g, 88%).

1 H NMR 6: 3.58 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.67 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.91 (3H, s, OCH3),

3.93 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.93 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.08 (1H, d, J =

1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 7.20-7.32 (3H, H-2, H-6 and H-4' or H-6', ArH),

9.75 (1H, s, CHO).

13C NMR 8: 40.3 (CH2CO2), 52.0 (CO2CH3), 56.3 (OCH3), 61.2 (OCH3), 106.6, 116.6,

117.8 (2C, C-3, C-5), 128.2, 128.9 (2C, C-2, C-6), 130.6, 131.7, 149.5, 154.1,

156.1, (12ArC), 171.8 (CO2CH3), 190.4 (CHO).

MS m/z: 330 (Nr, 22), 271 (29), 198 (39), 185 (96), 183 (100), 155 (44), 107 (22), 75

(38), 43 (50).

IR vmax (cm.): 1730, 1685.

4.2.11 Methyl 4-12,3-dimethoxy-5-1(E)-2-nitrovinyliphenoxy)phenyl-

acetate (3.48a)

Method A

A mixture of 3.10 (250 mg, 0.76 mmol), ammonium acetate (234 mg, 3.0 mmol),

nitromethane (0.25 ml, 4.56 mmol) in glacial acetic acid was refluxed for 1.5 h. The solvent

was evaporated in vacuo and the resulting dark red residue was dissolved in CH2C12 and

washed with saturated NaHCO3. The CH2C12 extract was dried (MgSO4), evaporated and

flash chromatographed (CH2C12) to give nitrostyrene 3.48a(100 mg, 40%) as a bright yellow

solid.

111

Page 127: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Method B

To a solution of benzaldehyde 3.10 (1.0 g, 3.03 mmol) and nitromethane (1 ml, 18.7 mmol) in

EtOH (25 ml) at 0 °C was added 5% aq. KOH solution (10 ml). After stirring for 1 h at the

same temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into 15% aq. HC1 solution and yellow

precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered and dried in vacuo to give nitrostyrene 3.48a

(1.10 g, 98%).

Mp: 110-112 °C.

1H NMR 5: 3.59 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.68 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.88 (3H, s, OCH 3),

3.92 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.77 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.84 (1H, d, J

= 2.1 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.21

(2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, H-2, H-6, ArH), 7.44 (1H, d, J = 13.8 Hz, a-H, trans), 7.85

(1H, d, J = 13.8 Hz, 13-H, trans).

13C NMR 5: 40.3 (CH2CO2), 52.0 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.3 (OCH 3), 61.2 (OCH3), 107.9, 114.7,

117.7 (2C, C-3, C-5), 125.2, 129.0, 130.6 (2C, C-2, C-6), 136.5, 138.4, 144.2,

149.8, 154.1, 156.0, (12ArC and C=C), 171.8 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 373 (M+, 52), 330 (86), 314 (33), 298 (13), 271 (100), 255 (29), 239 (9), 151

(10), 135 (12), 107 (25), 89 (27), 77 (20).

vn.(cm-1 ): 1700, 1620.

4.2.12 Borohydride Exchange Resin (BER)

4-CH-CH2-31,

N( CH3)3BH4

An aqueous solution of NaBH4 (1M, 200 ml) was stirred with wet chloride-form resin

(Amberlite IRA 400) (40.0 g) for 1 h. The resulting resin was thoroughly washed with

distilled water until free of excess NaBH4. The borohydride exchange resin was then dried in

vacuo at 60 °C for 6 h. The dried resin (40.0 g) was stored under nitrogen in a refrigerator.

112

Page 128: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.13 Methyl 4[2,3-dimethoxy-5-(2-nitroethyl)phenoxyl phenyl-

acetate (3.48b)

To the solution of nitrostyrene 3.48a (100 mg, 0.268 mmol) in CH3OH:CH2C12 (10:1) (5 ml)

was added BER (150 mg) at once. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1

h after which the TLC indicated consumption of starting material. The resin was filtered off

and the filtrate was evaporated to give pure compound 3.48b (79 mg, 79%) as a colourless oil.

1H NMR 6: 3.18 (2H, t, J= 7.2 Hz, CH2CH2NO2), 3.57 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.68 (3H, s,

CH2CO2CH3), 3.78 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.53 (2H, t, J= 7.2 Hz,

CH2CH2NO2), 6.41 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.53 (1H, d, J=

2.1 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.88 (2H, d, J= 9.0 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.24 (2H,

d, J= 9.0 Hz, H-2, H-6, ArH).

13 C NMR 6: 33.3 (CH2CH2NO2), 40.3 (CH2CO2), 52.0 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.2 (OCH3), 61.0

(OCH3), 76.1 (CH2CH2NO2), 108.2, 113.3, 117.5 (2C, C-3, C-5), 128.4, 1304

(2C, C-2, C-6), 131.3, 140.1, 149.6, 154.0, 156.6, (12ArC), 171.9 (CO2CH3)

MS m/z: 375 (M+, 85), 361 (100), 328 (58), 314 (72), 269 (33), 253 (75), 241 (14), 149

(18), 77 (19).

IR v.(cm-1 ): 1705, 1625.

113

Page 129: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.14 Methyl 4-15-(2-aminoethyl)-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxylphenyl-

acetate (3.11c)

CH2CO2CH3

Food grade aluminium foil (100 mg) was cut into strips and spirally wound around a glass

stirring rod to make coils. All coils were soaked in diethyl ether to remove oils and

individually amalgamated by immersing in 2% aq. mercuric chloride solution for 20 sec.

After each 20 sec interval the individual coil was washed with diethyl ether and rapidly added

to a THF:H20 (9:1) (10 ml) solution of the nitro compound 3.48b (150 mg, 0.40 mmol). The

probe tip of the ultrasonic processor was inserted into the reaction mixture and activated for

2.5 h. The resulting gray suspension was filtered and acid-base extraction gave the amine

3.11c (54 mg, 39%) as an oil.

111 NMR 5: 1.73 (2H, br s, NH2), 2.63 (2H, t, J= 6.9 Hz, C132CH2NH2), 2.90 (2H, t, J= 6.9

Hz, CH2CH2NH2), 3.56 (2H, s, CH2CO2), 3.67 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.78 (3H,

s, OCH3), 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.41 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-4'or H-6', ArH),

6.54 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-6' or H-4', ArH), 6.87 (2H, d, J= 8.7 Hz, H-3, H-5,

ArH), 7.16 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz; H-2, H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 40.1 (CH2CO2), 39.5 (CH2CH2NH2), 43.4 (CH2CH2NH2), 52.1 (OCH3,

CH2CO2CH3), 56.2 (OCH3), 61.0 (OCH3), 108.6, 113.6, 117.4 (2C, C-3, C-5),

128.0, 130.4 (2C, C-2,C-6), 135.1, 139.4, 149.2, 153.7, 156.9, (12ArC), 172.0

(CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 345 (M+, 49), 332 (8), 330 (9), 316 (82), 315 (23), 301 (18), 269 (84), 253

(12), 241 (24), 237 (37), 211 (11), 181 (52), 165 (26), 137 (47), 121 (53), 89

(54), 77 (92), 45 (100).

IR vmax (cm-1 ): 3350, 1710.

114

Page 130: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.15 2-{4-15-(2-Aminoethyl)-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxyl}phenylethanol

(3.53a)

CH2CH2OH

To the flask cooled to 0 °C in an ice bath was added BH3.THF complex (16 ml of 1M

BH3.THF, 16 mmo) via syringe. This was followed by addition of cc,r3-nitrostyrene 3.48a

(750 mg, 2 mmol) in anhydrous THF. After the addition, the ice bath was removed and

catalytic amount (-40 mg) of NaBH4 was added. The yellow solution was stirred at room

temperature for 2 h and allowed to reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the

solution was poured into ice water and acidified with 10% aq. HCl and refluxed for 2.5 h.

The aqueous mixture was cooled to room temperature, washed with ether and was basified

with 15% aq. NaOH. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc, dried (MgSO4) and

evaporated in vacuo to give amine 3.53a (446 mg, 70 %) as an oily substance.

1H NMR 8: 1.76 (2H, br s, NH2), 2.62 (2H, t, J= 6.9 Hz, CH2CH2NH2), 2.80 (2H, t, J= 6.6

Hz, CH2CH2OH), 2.89 (2H, t, J= 6.9 Hz, CH2CLI2NH2), 3.78 (3H, s, OCH3),

3.82 (2H, t, J= 6.6 Hz, CH2CH2OH), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.40 (1H, d, J= 1.8

Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.53 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-6' or H-4', ArH), 6.87 (2H,

d, J = 8.7 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.14 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz, H-2, H-6, ArH)

13C NMR 8: 38.4 (CH2CH2OH) 39.4 (CH2CH2NH2), 43.0 (CH2CH2NH2), 56.2 (OCH3),

61.0 (OCH3), 63.5 (CH2OH), 108.3, 113.3, 117.6 (2C, C-3, C-5), 130.0 (2C, C-

2, C-6), 132.8, 134.9, 139.2, 149.2, 153.7, 156.8, (12ArC).

MS m/z: 317 (M+, 75), 300 (15), 288 (100), 273 (10), 257 (70), 241 (33), 151 (21), 135

(12), 83 (54), 69 (25).

IR vmax (cm-1): 3350, 3260.

115

Page 131: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.16 4-15-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethy1)-2,3-dimethoxy-

phenoxylphenylethanol (3.53b)

To the stirred, ice-cold solution of amino alcohol 3.53a (420 mg, 1.32 mmol) in CHC13 was

added solid Boc2O (289 mg, 1.32 mmol). The solution was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min and

stirring was continued at room temperature overnight. The CHC13 solution was washed with

20% aq. H3PO4, saturated NaHCO3 solution, brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated in vacuo to

give 3.53b as colourless oil (548 mg, 100%).

IH NMR 5: 1.42 (9H, s, tBu), 2.64 (2H, t, J= 6.9 Hz, CH2CH2NHBoc), 2.80 (2H, t, J= 6.6

Hz, CF_12CH2OH), 2.89 (2H, q, J = 6.6 Hz, CH2C1_1_2NHB0c), 3.78 (3H, s,

OCH3), 3.80 (2H, J= 6.6 Hz, CH2C1_120H), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.59 (1H, br s,

NH), 6.40 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-6' or H-4', ArH), 6.62 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-

6' or H-4', ArH), 6.86 (2H, d , J = 8.7 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.10 (2H, d, J =

8.7Hz, H-2, H-6).

13 C NMR 5: 28.4 (3C, 13u), 36.1 (CH2CH2NH), 38.4 (CH2CH2OH), 41.7 (CH2CH2NH),

56.0 (OCH3), 61.0 (OCH 3), 63.6 (CH2CH2OH), 79.2 [OC(CH3)3], 108.2,

113.2, 117.5 (2C, C-3, C-5), 130.0 (2C, C-2, C-6), 132.6, 134.7, 139.2, 146.6,

149.4, 153.6, (12ArC), 156.2 (HNCO2).

MS m/z: 417 (M+, 58), 400 (2), 387 (2), 361 (29), 343 (13), 331 (29), 316 (13), 300

(100), 287 (42), 269 (28), 255 (20), 241 (13), 179 (4), 151 (4), 91 (8), 57 (91).

IR vff.(cm-1): 3390, 3260, 1680.

116

Page 132: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.17 4-15-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-2,3-dimethoxy-

phenoxylphenylacetic acid (3.11b)

4.2.17.1 Phenylacetaldehyde derivative

The N-Boc amino alcohol 3.53b (308 mg, 0.74 mmol) in CH2C12 (3 ml) was added to the

solution of Dess-Martin periodinane (350 mg, 0.82 mmol) in CH2C12. The reaction was

stirred for 1 h at room temperature and diluted with ether. The resulting suspension of

iodinane was washed with 1M NaOH to hydrolyse the water-soluble iodinane to 2-

iodosobenzoate. After stirring for 10 min, the ether layer was extracted with 1M NaOH, with

water and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation of ether yielded crude phenylacetaldehyde (283 mg,

92%) which was used for the next step without purification.

NMR 5: 1.40 (9H, 'Bu), 2.65 (2H, t, J = 7.2 Hz, CI-J2CH2NHBoc), 3.3 (2H,

CH2CH2NHBoc), 3.63 (2H, CH2CH0), 3.77 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.85 (3H, s,

OCH3), 4.58 (1H, br s, NH), 6.40 (1H, J = 1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.54

(1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz, H-3, H-5,

ArH), 7.13 (2H, J = 8.7 Hz, H-2, H-6, ArH), 9.70 (1H, CHO).

MS m/z: 415 (Mr, 14), 400 (2), 389 (3), 357 (2), 354 (43), 361 (15), 344 (18), 328 (9),

314 (15), 300 (45), 287 (25), 271 (11), 255 (10), 241 (12), 231 (6), 151 (9),

135 (8), 111 (9), 85 (14), 71 (18), 57 (100).

4.2.17.2 Phenylacetic acid (3.11b)

To the solution of above phenylacetaldehyde (200 mg, 0.48 mmol) in t-butanol (3 ml) was

added 5% aq. NaH2PO4 (1 ml) and 1M KMn04 solution (1 ml) at room temperature. The

117

Page 133: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched by addition of aqueous Na2SO3

and extracted with ethyl acetate. Evaporation of the solvent and flash chromatography (2:3

hexane:EtOAc) gave the acid 3.11b (105 mg, 51%)

1H NMR 5: 1.40 (9H, tBu), 2.66 (2H, br, CI-I2CH2NHBoc), 3.28 (2H, br, CH2CLI2NHBoc),

3.57 (2H, s, CH2CO2H), 3.77 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.84 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.59 (1H, br

s, NH), 6.39 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.53 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz,

11-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.92 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.21 (2H, d, J =

8.4 Hz, H-2, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 28.4 (3C, 13u), 36.4 (CH2CH2NH), 40.4 (CH2CO2 or CH2NHCO2), 41.7

(CH2CO2 or CH2NHCO2), 56.0 (OCH3), 61.1 (OCH3), 79.5 [OC(CH3)3],

108.4, 113.5, 117.4 (2C, C-3, C-5), 127.5, 130.4, 130.5 (2C, C-2, C-6), 134.8,

139.3, 149.1, 153.6, (12ArC), 156.9 (IINCO2), 176.8 (CO2H).

MS m/z: 431 (Nr, 13), 375 (10), 358 (4), 345 (2), 330 (7), 314 (62), 301 (24), 287 (3),

270 (6), 253 (8), 241 (22), 77 11), 57 (100).

IR v„.(cm-1): 3350, 1695, 1660.

4.2.18 Methyl 4-(5-hydroxymethy1-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenyl-

acetate (3.54)

CH2CO2CH3

To the ice cold solution of diaryl ether 3.10 (1.10 g, 3.33 mmol) in EtOH was added NaBH4

(317 mg, 8.39 mmol) in portions. The solution was stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature and

the excess reagent was destroyed by addition of 10% aq. HCI. The volatiles were removed

and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and

evaporated in vacuo to give product 3.54 (983 mg, 89%) as a yellow oil.

118

Page 134: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

1H NMR 6: 1.84 (1H, br s, OH), 3.56 (2H, s, Cli2CO2CH3), 3.66 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH.3),

3.79 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.54 (2H, s, CI-120H), 6.57 (1H, d, J=

1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.75 (1H, J = 1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.88

(2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.16 (2H, d, H-2, H-6, J= 8.4 Hz, ArH).

13C NMR 6: 40.3 (CH2CO2), 52.0 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.1 (OCH3), 61.1 (OCH3), 64.9

(CH2OH), 106.3, 111.5, 117.6 (2C, C-3, C-5), 128.2, 130.3 (2C, C-2, C-6),

136.7, 140.1, 149.3, 153.8, 156.6, (12ArC), 172.0 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 332 (M+, 100), 315 (3), 304 (4), 289 (2), 273 (41), 257 (22), 241(4).

IR v.(cm-1 ): 3395, 1705.

4.2.19 Methyl 4-(5-chloromethy1-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenylacetate

(3.55)

CI-12CO2CH3

To the solution of 3.54 (570 mg, 1.63 mmol) in anhydrous CHC13 (5 ml), thionyl chloride

(0.15 ml, 2.08 mmol) in anhydrous CHCI3 (3 ml) was added dropwise, and the solution was

stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. The CHC13 solution was washed with saturated sodium

bicarbonate solution. After evaporation of the solvent, the product was passed through a short

silica column (CHC13) to give benzyl chloride 3.55 (394 mg, 66%).

1 H NMR 6: 3.57 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.68 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.80 (3H, s, OCH3),

3.88 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.45 (2H, s, CH2C1), 6.59 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6',

ArH), 6.75 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.89 (2H, d, J= 8.4 Hz, H-

3, H-5, ArH), 7.19 (2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz, H-2, H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 6 40.3 (CH2CO2), 46.1 (CH2C1), 52.0 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.1 (OCH3), 61.0 (OCH3),

108.0, 113.4, 117.6 (2C, C-3, C-5), 128.4, 130.4 (2C, C-2, C-6), 132.9, 140.8,

149.2, 153.8, 156.4, (12ArC), 171.9 (CO2CH3).

119

Page 135: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H2CO2CH3

MS m/z: 352 (M+2, 36), 350 (W, 100), 329 (2), 315 (83), 291 (34), 283 (19), 275 19),

255 (5), 241 (14), 224 (6), 214 (9), 181 (3), 89 (13), 77 (13).

IR vmax (cm-1 ): 1720.

4.2.20 Methyl 4-(5-cyanomethy1-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy)phenylacetate

(3.56)

H3CO A CH2CN

A solution of benzyl chloride 3.55 (270 mg, 0.79 mmol) and sodium cyanide (350 mg, 7.9

mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (6 ml) was heated at 80-90 °C for 3 h, allowed to cool to room

temperature, diluted with water, and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc extracts were washed

several times with water, brine and evaporated in vacuo to give benzyl cyanide 3.56 (200 mg,

76%) as a yellow oil.

1H NMR 6: 3.57 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.62 (2H, s, CH2CN), 3.67 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3),

3.79 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.88 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.48 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-4' or H-6',

ArH), 6.75 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-6' or H-4', ArH), 6.90 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, H-

3, H-5, ArH), 7.18 (2H, d, J = 9.0 Hz, H-2, H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 6: 23.4 (CH2CN), 40.3 (CH2CO2), 52.0 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.2 (OCH3), 61.0

(OCH3), 107.3, 112.8, 117.5, 117.6 (2C, C-3, C-5), 125.3, 128.5, 130.3 (2C, C-

2, C-6), 140.3, 149.2, 154.1, 156.2, (13C, 12ArC and CN), 171.9 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 341 (Mr, 26), 322 (3), 313 (2), 298 (2), 282 (100), 266 (18), 241 (3), 214 (16),

161 (3), 146 (6), 90 (15).

IR vmax (cm-1 ): 2250, 1720.

120

Page 136: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.21 Methyl 4-[5-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-2,3-dimethoxy- ,

phenoxy]phenylacetate (3.11a)

CH2CO2C1-13

NaBH4 (65 mg, 1.72 mmol) was cautiously added to a stirred solution of NiC12.6H20 (57 mg,

0.240 mmol), Boc2O (105 mg, 0.481 mmol) and benzyl cyanide 3.56 (80 mg, 0.235 mmol) in

CH3OH at 0 °C. Stirring was continued at room temperature overnight. Methanol was

removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and saturated NaHCO3 solution,

filtered and repeatedly washed with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc extract was dried

(Na2SO4) and evaporated in vacuo to give N-Boc phenethylamine 3.11a (81 mg, 78%) as a

colourless oil.

1 H NMR 5: 1.40 (9H, s, 2.65 (2H, t, J= 7.2 Hz, CLICH2NHBoc), 3.33 (2H, q, J= 6.6

Hz, CH2C1i2NHBoc), 3.56 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.67 (3H, s, CH2CO20-13),

3.78 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.55 (1H, br s, NH), 6.40 (1H, d, J=

1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.57 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-4' or H-6', ArH), 6.88

(2H, d, J= 8.7 Hz, H-3, H-5, ArH), 7.16 (2H, d, J=8.7 Hz, H-2, H-6, ArH).

13 C NMR 5: 28.4 (3C, 13u), 36.1 (CH2CH2NHBoc), 40.4 (CH2CO2), 41.7 (CH2NHBoc),

52.0 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.1 (OCH3), 61.1 (OCH3), 79.3 [OC(CH3)3], 108.4,

113.5, 117.4 (2C, C-3, C-5), 128.0, 130.2 (2C, C-2, C-6), 134.7, 139.3, 149.2,

153.7, (12ArC), 156.8 (HNCO2), 172.0 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 445 (M4-, 29), 417 (1), 403 (3), 389 (23), 372 (6), 342 (15), 328 (100), 315

(36), 301 (5), 283 (8), 269 (6), 253 (11), 241 (17), 151 (4), 135 (3), 105 (3), 90

(7), 77 (6).

IR v.(cm-1):3390, 1710, 1650.

121

Page 137: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.22 Compound 3.11b (§ 4.2.17) via hydrolysis of methyl ester

derivative 3.11a

A solution of phenyl acetate 3.11a (2.77 g, 6.22 mmol) in CH3OH:H20 (3:1, 20 mll was

stirred overnight at room temperature in the presence of K2CO3 (1.29 g, 9.33 mmol), followed

by reflux for 30 min. The volatiles were removed, 0.5N NaOH was added and the mixture

was washed with ether. The aqueous was acidified with 10% aq. HCI, extracted with EtOAc

and the combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried (Na 2SO4), and evaporated to

give pure phenylacetic acid 3.11b (2.16 g, 83%) as a light brown oil.

4.2.23 Compound 3.11c (§ 4.2.14) via N-Boc removal of 3.11a

To a stirred, ice cold solution of N-Boc compound 3.11a (600 mg, 1.35 mmol) in CH2C12 (2

ml) was added trifluoroacetic acid (2 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for

20 h. The volatile components were removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in

EtOAc and washed with 1M NaOH. The organic phase was dried (Na2SO 4) and evaporated

in vacuo to give 3.11c (450 mg, 97%) as an oily compound showing a single spot on TLC.

4.2.24 Methyl 3-acetoxy-4-(2-bromobenzyloxy)-5-methoxybenzoate

(3.63)

H3OCI CO2CH3

Br

The mixture of the diacetate 3.31 (1.0 g, 3.5 mmol), anhydrous K2CO3 (1.5 g, 10.5 mmol) and

2-bromobenzyl bromide (1.75 g, 7 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) was heated at 40 °C for 8 h. The

inorganic salt was filtered out and the filtrate was diluted with EtOAc. The organic extract

was washed several times with water to remove most of the DMF, dried (MgSO 4) and

evaporated in vacuo to give the residue, which was purified via flash column (4:1

hexane:EtOAc) to give 3.53 (0.84 g, 58%).

122

Page 138: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

1H NMR 8: 2.17 (3H, s, OAc), 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.92 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.18 (2H, s,

OCI-J2Ph), 7.10-7.55 (6H, m, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 20.5 (OCOCH3), 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.2 (OCH3), 73.8 (OCH2Ph), 111.2, 117.1,

122.5, 123.8, 126.5, 128.7, 128.8, 132.5, 136.7, 139.6, 143.6, 149.3, (12ArC),

165.9 (CO2), 168.7 (CO2).

MS m/z: 411 (10), 409 (M+1, 11), 368 (35), 366 (37), 197 (49), 171 (100), 169 (96), 43

(73).

IR Aim. (cm 1 ): 1765, 1715.

4.2.25 Methyl 4-(2-bromobenzyloxy)-3-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoate

(3.64)

H300 CO2CH3

To the solution of 3.63 (500 mg, 10.5 mmol) in CH3OH (4 ml) and H2O (1 ml) was added

K2CO3 (420 mg, 3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature.

The volatiles were evaporated and the aqueous solution was acidified with 10% aq. HC1. The

aqueous was extracted with EtOAc and organic phase was washed with brine, flash

chromatographed (4:1 hexane:EtOAc), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to afford the

title compound 3.64 (310 mg, 70%).

1H NMR: 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.92 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.23 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 7.18-7.58 (6H,

ArH).

MS m/z: 369 (12), 367 (M+1,12), 197 (30),169 (100), 141 (4), 90 (20).

IR vmax (cm 1 ): 3520, 1725.

123

Page 139: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.26 Methyl 9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e] [1,4]dioxepine-7-carboxy-

late (3.65)

H3C0 CO2CH3

A mixture of compound 3.64 (200 mg, 0.54 mmol) and anhydrous K2CO3 (113 mg, 0.81

mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (20 ml) was heated to 80 °C. Copper(II) oxide (85 mg, 1.08

mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 115 °C for 24 h. After cooling to

room temperature, the mixture was filtered, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 10% aq. HC1

and concentrated to give a brown residue. The residue was purified by flash chromatography

(9:1-4:1 hexane:EtOAc) to give white solid of 3.65 (86 mg, 55%).

Mp: 107-108 °C.

1H NMR 6: 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.88 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.40 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 7.26 (1H, d, J

= 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.08-7.19 and 7.27-7.35 (4H, m, H-1, H-2, H-3,

H-4, ArH), 7.53 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH)

13 C NMR 5:

Ms m/z:

IR vmax (cm-1 ): 1720.

4.2.27 1-Bromo-2,4-dimethylbenzene (3.66)

Br

52.1 (CO2CH3), 56.5 (OCH3), 69.8 (OCH2Ph), 107.6, 116.8, 119.9, 122.3,

124.6, 128.8, 128.9, 130.5, • 142.6, 145.0, 150.5, 158.3, (12ArC), 166.2

(CO2CH3)

286 (M t, 39), 226 (28), 211 (10), 195 (8), 168 (6), 155 (11), 85 (31), 71 (55).

124

Page 140: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

m-Xylene (50.0 g, 0.47 mol) and K10-montmorillonite clay (50.0 g) in anhydrous CC14 (200

ml) were placed in round bottomed flask covered with aluminium foil. Bromine (24 ml, 0.47

mol) in anhydrous CC14 (60 ml) was added dropwise for 30 min to the stirred mixture. After

stirring for 2 h, the reaction mixture was extracted with ether and evaporated in vacuo to give

the title compound 3.66 as a yellow oil (64.0 g, 73%). The product showed a single spot on

TLC (hexane).

1H NMR 5: 2.29 (3H, s, CH3), 2.38 (3H, s, CH3), 6.86 (1H, br s, ArH), 7.05 (1H, br d, J=

8.1 Hz, ArH), 7.39 (1H, d, J= 8.1 Hz, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 20.8 (CH3), 22.8 (CH3), 121.4, 127.9, 131.5, 131.9, 136.9, 137.3, (6ArC).

MS m/z:

186 (M+2, 100), 184 (Mt, 87), 171 (9), 169 (9), 105 (91), 103 (41), 79 (34), 77

(46).

4.2.28 1-bromo-2-bromomethy1-4-dibromomethylbenzene (3.67)

Br

CH2Br

Bromine (1.5 ml, 30 mmol) dissolved in CC14 (20 ml) was added over 1 hour to the boiling

solution of 4-bromo-m-xylene 3.66 (1.85 g, 10 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (240 mg, 1

mmol) in CC14 under irradiation using a 100W lamp. After 3 h of heating and irradiation the

yellow solution was allowed to cool to room temperature followed by solvent removal,

affording crude product 3.67 as an oily material (3.67 g, 90%).

1 H NMR 5: 4.57 (2H, s, CH2Br), 6.56 (1H, s, CHBr2), 7.38 (1H, dd, J= 2.4, 8.1 Hz, ArH),

7.55 (1H, d, J= 8.1 Hz, ArH), 7.61 (1H, d, J= 2.4 Hz).

13 C NMR 8: 32.5 (CH2Br), 38.9 (CHBr2), 125.6, 128.0, 128.8, 133.6, 137.3, 141.6, (6ArC).

MS m/z: 426 (M+8, 6), 424 (15), 422 (19), 421 (52), 420 (31), 418 (Mt, 6), 345 (26),

343 (92), 341 (93), 339 (24), 265 (50), 263 (100), 261 (44), 230 (12), 228 (14),

199 (12), 197 (15), 171 (37), 169 (38), 103 (34), 90 (24), 89 (23), 77 (37), 63

(29), 51 (46).

125

Page 141: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.29 4-Bromo-3-bromomethylbenzaldehyde (3.68)

CH2Br

A mixture of tetrabromo compound 3.67 (2.0 g, 4.9 mmol) in conc. H2SO4 (10 ml) was stirred

at 55 °C for 5 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into an ice cold

water. After standing overnight, a white precipitate formed and was collected by suction and

air-dried to give 3.68 (1.0 g, 75%).

Mp: 80-83 °C.

1H NMR 5: 4.63 (2H, s, CH2Br), 7.64 (1H, dd, J = 2.1, 8.1 Hz, H-6, ArH), 7.77 (1H, d, J =

8.1 Hz, H-5, ArH), 7.93 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2, ArH), 9.96 (1H, s, CHO).

13C NMR 5: 32.2 (CH2Br), 130.3, 131.3, 131.9, 134.3, 135.9, 138.3, (6ArC), 190.4 (CHO).

MS m/z: 280 (M+4, 24), 278 (M+2, 10), 276 (M+, 22), 199 (100), 197 (93), 171 (7), 169

(8), 168 (4), 134 (6), 118 (13), 89 (39), 63 (31).

1R vin. (cm-1): 1700.

4.2.30 Methyl 3-acetoxy-4-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzoate (3.69)

CO2C H3

OAc

The mixture of the diacetate 3.31 (20.0 g, 70 mmol) and anhydrous K2CO3 (30 g, 210 mmol)

in DMF (150 ml) was heated at 40 — 50 °C for 2.5 h and then neutralised with 5% aq. HC1.

The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The organic extract was washed several times

with water to remove most of the DMF, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. Flash

chromatography (7:3-1:1 hexane:EtOAc) gave the monoacetate 3.69 (15.7 g, 92%) as a white

solid.

126

Page 142: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Mp: 105 °C.

1H NMR 5: 2.33 (3H, s, OAc), 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.93 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.94 (1H, br s,

OH), 7.42 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.45 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-2

or H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 20.6 (OCOCH3), 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.5 (OCH3), 109.5, 117.9, 121.4, 137.0,

141.9, 147.2, (6ArC), 166.0 (CO2), 168.5 (CO2).

MS m/z: 240 (M+, 25), 209 (9), 198. (100), 183 (6), 167 (85), 139 (13), 111 (3), 81 (4),

67 (11), 43 (66).

IR vmax (cm-1 ): 3590, 1775, 1755, 1720.

4.2.31 Methyl 3-acetoxy-4-(2-bromo-5-fo rmylbenzyloxy)-5-methoxy-

benzoate (3.71)

H3C0 CO2CH3

OM Br

CHO

To the solution of monoacetate 3.69 (1.0 g, 4.2 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (15 ml) were added

anhydrous Li2CO3 (780 mg, 10.5 mmol) and 4-bromo-3-bromomethylbenzaldehyde (3.68)

(2.89 g, 10.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. The inorganic salt

was removed by filtration and the filtrate was diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was

washed with water, dried (Na2SO4), evaporated and flash chromatographed (8:2-7:3

hexane:EtOAc) to give 3.71 (1.40 g, 77%) as a white solid.

Mp: 99-101 °C.

1 11 NMR: 2.22 (3H, s, OAc), 3.89 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.93 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.23 (2H, s,

OCH2Ph), 7.40 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-2, ArH), 7.53 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz,

H-6 or H-2, ArH), 7.67 (1H, dd, J = 1.8, 8.1 Hz, H-4', ArH), 7.72 (1H, d, J =

8.1 Hz, H-3', ArH), 8.13 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-6', ArH), 9.99 (1H, s, CHO).

127

Page 143: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

13C NMR: 20.7 (OCOCH3), 52.3 (CO2CH3), 56.3 (OCH3), 73.10 (OCH2Ph), 111.3, 117.1,

125.7, 128.9, 129.5, 129.8, 133.3, 135.4, 138.4, 143.4, 153.1, 165.7, (12ArC),

168.7 (OCOCH3), 190.9 (CHO).

MS m/z: 438 (M+2, 19), 436 (Mt, 22), 396 (97), 394 (100), 315 (6), 197(47).

IR vniax (cm 1 ): 1740, 1680, 1675.

4.2.32 Methyl 4-(2-bromo-5-formylbenzyloxy)-3-hydroxy-5-methoxy

benzoate (3.12)

H300 CO2CH3

OH Br

CHO

To the solution of 3.71 (500 mg, 1.15 mmol) in CH3OH (8 ml) and H2O (2 ml) was added

K2CO3 (450 mg, 3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature.

The volatiles were evaporated and the aqueous solution was acidified with 10% aq. HC1. The

organic was extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), evaporated and flash

chromatographed (4:1-3:2 hexane:EtOAC) to afford 3.12 (380 mg, 84%).

111NMR 8: 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.92 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.29 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 7.20 (1H, d, J

= 1.8 Hz, ArH), 7.26 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, ArH), 7.68 (1H, dd, J = 2.1, 8.1 Hz,

H-4', ArH), 7.78 (1H, d, J = 8.1 Hz, H-3', ArH), 8.00 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-6',

ArH), 9.7 (1H, s, CHO).

13C NMR 8: 52.3 (CO2CH3), 56.2 (OCH3), 73.4 (OCH2Ph), 105.5, 110.1, 126.2, 130.3,

130.5, 131.1, 133.8, 135.6, 137.3, 137.4, 149.2, 151.9, (12ArC), 166.4

(CO2CH3), 190.7 (CHO).

MS m/z: 396 (M+2, 10), 394 (M+, 10), 382

(5), 213 (5), 199 (75), 197 (100),

(18), 71 (19).

IR vmax (cm-1 ):3490, 1715, 1700.

(5), 380 (10), 315 (3), 299 (2), 283 (4), 256

167 (13), 151 (17), 137 (11), 105 (21), 89

128

Page 144: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.33 Methyl 2-formy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b , el [1,4]dioxepine-7-

carboxylate (3.14)

H300 A CO2CH3

CHO

4.2.33.1 Copper-catalysed Ullmann diaryl ether cyclisation

A mixture of compound 3.12 (250 mg, 0.63 mmol) and anhydrous K 2CO3 (131 mg, 0.95

mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (20 ml) was stirred and heated to 80 °C. Copper(II) oxide (100

mg, 1.26 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for overnight. After

cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered, diluted with EtOAc, washed with 10%

aq. HC1 and concentrated to give a brown residue. The residue was purified by

chromatography (9:1 hexane:EtOAc) to give white solid of 3.14 (145 mg, 73%).

4.2.33.2 Palladium-catalysed diaryl ether cyclisation

(a) Ligand preparation: 1,1'-bipheny1-2-yl(di-tert-

butyl)phosphine6 (2.86)

To the flask containing a mixture of magnesium turnings (115 mg, 5.08 mmol) and a small

crystal of iodine in anhydrous THE (10 ml), was added a solution of 2-bromobiphenyl (3.73)

129

Page 145: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

(1.0 g, 4.62 mmol) in anhydrous THE (10 ml). The mixture was refluxed with stirring for 2 h

and then allowed to cool to room temperature. Anhydrous copper(I) chloride (450 mg, 4.84

mmol) and di-tert-butylchlorophosphine (930 mg, 5.54 mmol) were added and the mixture

was refluxed for 12 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with 1:1

hexane/ether (40 ml). The resulting suspension was filtered, and the solid was washed with

hexane, transferred to a flask containing 1:1 hexane:EtOAc (40 ml), and H2O (30 ml) and

30% aq. NaOH (15 ml) were added. The organic phase was separated, washed with brine,

dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give a white solid which was recrystallised from methanol

to give 2.86 (890 mg, 67 %).

Mp: 82 ° C (lit. 6 86-86.5 °C).

1H NMR 5: 1.15 (18H, d, J= 11.6 Hz, 2tBu), 7.21-7.35 (8H, m, ArH), 7.89 (1H, m, ArH).

31P NMR 5: 18.7.

13 C NMR 5: 30.6, 30.8, 32.4, 32.7, (2 tBu), 125.6, 126.0, 126.2, 126.5, 126.7, 127.0, 128.3,

130.1, 130.4, 130.5, 135.2, 135.6, 143.5, 143.6, 150.9, 151.4 (observed

complexity due to P-C splitting).

(b) Cyclisation

A mixture of compound 3.12 (250 mg, 0.63 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (2.86 mg, 1.3 mol %), o-(di-

tert-butylphosphinobiphenyl) 2.86 (5.7 mg) and K3PO4 (270 mg, 1.27 mmol) in anhydrous

toluene (20 ml) was heated at 80 °C for 28 h. After cooling to room temperature the mixture

was diluted with ether and washed with 1M NaOH and brine, and the organic phase was dried

(MgSO4) and evaporated in vacuo to give the pure product as white solid 3.14 (154.9 mg,

78%).

Mp: 186-187 °C.

11-INMR 5: 3.89 (6H, s, 20CH3), 5.39 (2H, s, OCI-1_2Ph), 7.29 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-6 or H-

8, ArH), 7.32 (1H, d, J = 8.4 Hz, H-4, ArH), 7.55 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-8 or H-

6, ArH), 7.79 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-1, ArH), 7.86 (1H, dd, J = 2.1 Hz, 8.4 Hz,

H-3, ArH), 9.94 (1H, s, CHO).

130

Page 146: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

13C NMIR 6: 52.3 (CO2CH3), 56.6 (OCH3), 70.3 (OCH2Ph), 107.8, 116.4, 120.9, 123.2;

129.2, 130.2, 132.4, 132.5, 142.4, 144.9, 150.9, 162.2, (12ArC), 165.9

(CO2CH3), 190.1 (CHO).

MS m/z: 314 (M+, 100), 283 (28), 255 (29), 183 (29), 169 (43), 149 (45), 105 (42), 85

(33).

IR vmax (cm 1 ): 1730, 1675, 1640.

4.2.34 Methyl 2-hydroxymethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b, e][1 , 4] diox-

epine-7-carboxylate (3.72a)

H300 A CO2CH3

CH2OH

To the ice cold solution of diaryl ether 3.14 (1.60 g, 5.09 mmol) in CH3OH:THF (1:1, 50 ml)

was added NaBH4 (290 mg, 7.64 mmol) in portions. The solution was stirred for 2 h at room

temperature and the excess reagent was destroyed by addition of 10% aq. HCI. The volatiles

were removed and the product was extracted with chloroform. The organic phase was dried

(Na2SO4) and evaporated in vacuo to give product 3.72a (1.45g, 90%) as a yellow oil.

1H NMR 6: 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.88 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.62 (2H, br s, CH2OH), 5.39 (2H, s,

CH2OPh), 7.15-7.33 (4H, ArH), 7.53 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, ArH).

13C NMR 6: 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.5 (OCH3), 64.5 (CH2OH), 69.8 (CH2OPh), 107.6, 116.6,

119.9, 122.3, 127.6, 128.8, 128.9, 137.2, 142.5, 145.0, 150.6, 157.7, (12ArC),

166.2 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 316 (Mt, 22), 285 (12), 259 (80), 219 (7), 187 (3.5), 173 (12), 149 (6), 113 17),

101 (100), 87 (26), 59 (36).

131

Page 147: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.35 Methyl 2-cyanomethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4] dioxe-

pine-7-carboxylate (3.72b)

H300 CO2CH3

CH2CN

Thionyl chloride (0.225 ml, 3.11 mmol) in an anhydrous CHC13 (6 ml) was added to the

solution of 3.72a (219 mg, 0.693 mmol) in CHC13 (25 ml). The solution was stirred at room

temperature for 1.5 h. After evaporation of the solvent the product was passed through a short

silica column (CHC13) to give the benzyl chloride, which was used for the next step without

further purification.

The benzyl chloride (200 mg, 0.60 mmol) and sodium cyanide (268 mg, 5.46 mmol) in

dimethyl sulphoxide (5 ml) were heated at 60 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was poured

into water and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc extract was washed several times with

water, brine, evaporated and flash chromatographed (7:3 hexane:EtOAc) to give

phenylacetonitrile 3.72b (147 mg, 68% from 3.72a)

'H NMR 5: 3.71 (2H, s, CH2CN), 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.89 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.37 (2H, s,

CH2OPh), 7.07-7.27 (4H, ArH), 7.53 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.5 (OCH3), 69.6 (CH2OPh), 107.7, 116.5, 117.8, 120.7,

122.7, 125.9, 128.4, 129.5, 129.9, 142.4, 144.9, 150.6, 157.9, (12ArC), 166.2

(CO2CH3).

132

Page 148: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.36 4-Fluoro-3-methylacetophenone (3.76)

To the solution of o-fluorotoluene (1 ml, 9 mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.87 ml, 10.8 mmol)

in anhydrous carbon disulphide (10 ml) at 0 °C was added anhydrous aluminium trichloride

(1.79 g, 13.5 mmol) in portions. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min. The ice bath

was removed and the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was

diluted with dichloromethane, followed by addition of 10% aq. HC1. The organic phase was

extracted with dichloromethane, evaporated and dried (MgSO4) to give the title compound as

a colourless oil (1.3 g, 100%).

11-1NMR 5: 2.30 (3H, d, JHF = 2.1 Hz, CH3), 2.55 (3H, s, COCH3), 7.00 (1H, t, Jim = 8.7,

JHF = 8.7 Hz, H-5, ArH), 7.51-7.81 (2H, m, H-2, H-6, ArH).

13C MAR 5: 14.6 (CH3), 26.5 (COCH3), 115.2, 126.7, 128.3, 131.9, 133.1, 165.9 (d, JCF =

251 Hz, C-4), (6ArC), 196.6 (COCH3).

MS m/z: 152 (W, 35), 137 (100), 123 (11), 109 (60), 97 (26), 83 (44).

1R vn,a„ (cm-1): 1690.

4.2.37 3-Bromomethyl-4-fluoroacetophenone (3.77)

CH2Br

The mixture of 3.76 (200 mg, 1.31 mmol), N-bromosuccinimide (250 mg, 1.41 mmol),

benzoyl peroxide (15 mg) in carbon tetrachloride (10 ml) refluxed and irradiated with 100W

lamp for 4 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and the suspended succinimide

was filtered out. Evaporation of the solvent gave the crude bromomethyl compound 3.77

(224 mg, 74%) as a yellow oil. The compound was used for the next step without

purification

133

Page 149: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

1 H NMR 5:

'C NMR 5:

MS m/z:

IR vmax (cm'):

2.57 (3H, s, COCH3), 4.51 (2H, d, JHF = 0.9 Hz, CH2Br), 7.13 (1H, t, JHH

9.0, JHF = 9.0 Hz, H-5, ArH), 7.91 (1H, ddd, JHH = 2.1, JHF = 5.1, JHH = 8 .7

Hz, H-6, ArH), 8.02 (1H, dd, JHH= 2.1, JHF = 6.9 Hz, H-2, ArH).

26.5 (COCH3), 31.6 (CH2Br), 116.2, 125.8, 130.9, 131.8, 133.8, 165.1 (d, JCF

= 257 Hz, C-4), (6ArC), 195.8 (COCH3).

231 (M+1, 12), 229 (11), 217 (41), 215 (43), 198 (10), 186 (1), 167 (58), 151

(23), 136 (22), 105 (100), 77 (22).

1685.

4.2.38 Methyl 4-(5-acetyl-2-fluorobenzyloxy)-3-acetoxy-5-methoxy-

benzoate (3.78)

H3C0 A CO2CH3

OAc F

COCH3

To the solution of monoacetate 3.69 (10.0 g, 42 mmol) in anhydrous acetone was added

anhydrous K2CO3 (7.80 g, 105 mmol) and 4-fluoro-3-bromomethylbenzaldehyde 3.77 (10.6 g,

46 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 60 °C for 18 h. The inorganic salt was

removed by filtration, and the filtrate was diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was

washed with water, dried (MgSO4), evaporated and flash chromatographed (7:3

hexane:EtOAc) to give 3.78 (14.0 g, 84%).

Mp:

1H NMR 5:

123-124 °C.

2.22 (3H, s, OAc), 2.58 (3H, s, COCH3), 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.93 (3H, s,

OCH3), 5.20 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 7.15 (1H, t, JHH = 9.0, JHF = 9.0 Hz, H-3',

ArH), 7.38 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.51 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2

or H-6, ArH), 7.92 (1H, ddd, JHH = 2.4, JHF = 5.1, JHH = 7.5 Hz, H-4', ArH),

8.14 (1H, dd, JH H = 2.1, JHF = 6.9 Hz, H-6', ArH).

134

Page 150: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

13C NMR 6: 20.5 (OCOCH3), 26.6 (COCH3), 52.3 (CO2CH3), 56.3 (OCH3), 67.8

(OCH2Ph), 111.2, 115.4, 115.7, 124.8, 125.7, 130.5, 130.6, 131.1, 133.4,

143.4, 143.7, 165.2 (d, JCF = 254 Hz, C-2), (12ArC), 165.8 (CO2), 168.8

(CO2), 196.2 (COCH3).

MS m/z: 390 (M+, 8), 359 (3), 348 (44), 288 (7), 197 (27), 151 (100), 136 (8), 108 (9),

43 (31).

IR vmax (cm 1 ): 1725, 1715, 1675.

4.2.39 Methyl 4-(5-acetyl-2-fluorobenzyloxy)-3-hyd roxy-5-methoxy-

benzoate (3.13)

H3C0 A CO2CH3

COCH3

To the solution of 3.78 (350 mg, 0.96 mmol) in Me0H (4 ml) and H2O (1 ml) was added

K2CO3 (266 mg, 1.93 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 20 min at room

temperature. The volatiles were evaporated and the aqueous solution was acidified with 10%

aq. HC1. The organic was extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and

evaporated to afford 3.13 (300 mg, 96%) as white solid.

Mp: 104-106 °C.

1H NMR 5: 2.55 (3H, s, COCH3), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.92 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.24 (2H, s,

OCI-J2Ph), 7.12 (1H, t, JHF = 8.4, JHH = 8.4 Hz, H-3', ArH), 7.17 (1H, d, J = 1.8

Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.243 (1H, d, J =1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.90-7.96

(1H, ddd, JHH = 2.4, JHF = 5.1, JHH = 7.5 Hz, H-4', ArH), 8.06 (1H, dd, JHH =

2.4, JHF = 6.9 Hz, H-6', ArH).

13C NIV1R 6: 26.5 (COCH3), 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.0 (OCH 3), 68.3 (OCH2Ph), 105.2, 110.0,

115.9, 124.3, 126.0, 130.6, 131.1, 133.5, 137.4, 149.2, 151.9, 165.6 (d, JCF =

254 Hz, C-2), (12ArC), 166.5 (CO2CH3), 196.2 (COCH3).

135

Page 151: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

MS m/z: 348 (Nr,20), 330 (6), 198 (23), 167 (23), 151 (100), 136 (8), 108 (10), 43 (8).

IR vm.(cm-1 ): 3380, 1685, 1660.

4.2.40 Methyl 2-acetyl-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [b,e][1,41 dioxepine-7-

carboxylate (3.15)

H3C0 CO2CH3

COCH3

To the solution of compound 3.13 (1.0 g, 2.87 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (30 ml) was added

anhydrous K2CO3 (397 mg, 2.87 mmol). The mixture was heated at 85 °C for 30 h and

poured into ice-water and the white precipitate formed were filtered and dried to give cyclic

compound 3.15 (870 mg, 92%).

Mp: 144 °C.

1H NMR 2.56 (3H, s, COCH3), 3.88 (6H, s, 20CH3), 5.38 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 7.28 (1H, d,

J= 8.4 Hz, H-4, ArH), 7.29 (1H, J= 1.8 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.54 (1H, J=

1.8 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.89 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-1, ArH), 7.97 (1H, dd, J

= 2.1 Hz, 8.4 Hz, H-3, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 26.5 (COCH3), 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.5 (OCH3), 70.4 (OCH2Ph), 107.7, 116.4,

120.2, 123.0, 128.5, 129.3, 130.9,

166.0 (CO2CH3), 196.2 (COCH3).

133.2, 142.5, 144.9, 150.8, 161.3, (12ArC),

MS m/z: 328 (M+, 100),

(12), 183 (15),

317

168

(10),

(25),

297

155

(18),

(10),

288 (31), 269 (26),

89 (10), 77 (17).

257 (19), 241 (15), 197

IR vina„ (cm-1 ): 1720, 1705.

136

Page 152: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.41 1-(7-Hydroxymethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,el[1,41dioxepin-

-2-y1)ethanone (3.79)

H3C0 A CH2OH

COCH3

4.2.41.1 Acetalisation

Dibenzodioxepine 3.15 (5 g, 15.2 mmol), anhydrous CH3OH (30 ml), trimethyl orthoformate

(15 ml) and p-toluene sulphonic acid (30 mg) were refluxed for 8 h using the same method

described for the acetalisation of 3.8. The resultant acetal was isolated as a white solid (5.4 g,

98%). This compound was used in the next step without further purification.

1 H NMR 8: 1.48 (3H, s, CH3), 3.14 (6H,s, 20CH3, acetal), 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.87 (3H, s,

OCH3), 5.39 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 7.15 (1H, d, J= 8.1 Hz, H-4, ArH), 7.25 (1H, d,

J= 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.40 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-1, ArH), 7.45 (1H,

dd, J= 2.1, 8.1 Hz, H-3, ArH), 7.53 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 26.1 (CH3), 48.9 (2C, OCH3, acetal), 52.2 (CO2CH3), 56.4 (OCH3), 70.0

(OCH2Ph), 101.2 (C, acetal), 107.5, 116.7, 119.4, 122.3, 127.0, 128.2, 128.4,

139.4, 142.6, 145.0, 150.6, 157.5, (12ArC), 166.2 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 374 (M+, 22), 359 (10), 343 (100), 328 (55), 285 (22), 168 (18), 151 (39).

1R vmax (cm 1 ): 1700, 1665.

4.2.41.2 LiA1H4 reduction

The above dimethyl acetal (750 mg, 2.1 mmol) in anhydrous THE (20 ml) was reduced to

benzyl alcohol with LiA1H4 (300 mg) using the same method as described for the preparation

137

Page 153: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

of the benzyl alcohol 3.35. The acetal functionality of the resultant benzyl alcohol was

hydrolysed with 15% aq. HCI (5 ml) solution containing CH3OH (15 ml) to give 3.79 (1.65 g,

83%) as a white solid.

Mp: 142 °C.

NMR 8: 2.56 (3H, s, COCH3), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.59 (2H, s, CH2OH), 5.29 (2H, s,

OCH2Ph), 6.65 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 6.80 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz,

H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.21 (1H, d, J= 8.4 Hz, H-4, ArH), 7.82 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz,

H-1, ArH), 7.90 (1H, dd, J= 2.1, 8.4 Hz, H-3, ArH).

13 C NMR 5: 26.5 (COCH3), 56.4 (OCH3), 64.8 (CH2OH), 71.2 (OCH2Ph), 105.6, 112.2,

120.1, 128.3, 129.2, 130.5, 132.6, 134.8, 138.0, 146.1, 151.4, 160.7, (12ArC),

196.3 (COCH3).

MS m/z: 300 (1\e, 100), 269 (40), 257 (15), 198 (40), 167 (31), 153 (63), 107 (33).

vn,ax (cm 1 ): 3400, 1690.

4.2.42 2-Acetyl-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepine-7-

carbaldehyde (3.80)

H300 CHO

COCH3

The orange mixture of PCC (540 mg, 2.5 mmol), anhydrous sodium acetate (40 mg) and

benzyl alcohol 3.79 (500 mg, 1.67 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (5 ml) was reacted as

described for oxidation of benzyl alcohol 3.35. Compound 3.80 (470 mg, 95%) was isolated

as a white solid.

Mp: 172 °C.

1H NMR 8: 2.58 (3H, s, COCH3), 3.90 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.40 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 7.15 (1H, d,

J= 1.8 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.25 (1H, d, J= 8.4 Hz, H-4, ArH), 7.35 (1H, J

138

Page 154: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

112CO2CH3

= 1.8 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.90 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-1, ArH), 7.97 (1H, dd,

J= 2.1, 8.4 Hz, H-3, ArH), 9.79 (1H, s, CHO).

13C NMR 8: 26.6 (COCH3), 56.6 (OCH3), 70.3 (OCH2Ph), 105.3, 118.6, 120.2, 128.5,

129.4, 129.7, 131.1, 133.5, 143.9, 145.3, 151.8, 161.3, (12ArC), 190.0 (CHO),

196.5 (COCH3).

MS m/z: 298 (Mt, 100), 281 (9), 269 (20), 255 (45), 227 (16), 198 (21), 167 (14), 151

(25), 69 (23), 43 (62).

IR vmax (cm-1 ): 1720, 1710.

4.2.43 Methyl (7-formy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e]11,41dioxepin-2-

yl)acetate (3.16)

H3C0 CHO

The title compound was prepared from acetophenone 3.80 (200 mg, 0.67 mmol), Pb(OAc)4

(313 mg), anhydrous CH3OH (2 ml) and BF3.Et20 (4 ml) in anhydrous benzene (5 ml) as

described for the preparation of phenylacetate 3.10. Purification by flash chromatograph (4:1

hexane:EtOAc) afforded a cream white solid 3.16 (115 mg, 52%).

Phenylacetate 3.16 was also obtained in 97% from compound 3.80 using TTN as described

for compound 3.10.

Mp: 132-134 °C.

111 NMR 8: 3.58 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.66 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3),

5.40 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 7.12-7.31 (5H, m, ArH), 9.77 (1H, s, CHO).

13C NMR 8: 40.3 (CH2CO2CH3), 52.20 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.5 (OCH3), 69.7 (OCH2Ph),

105.0, 119.0, 119.9, 128.6, 129.2, 129.8, 130.4, 131.4, 144.0, 145.0, 151.4,

157.4, (12ArC), 171 (CO2CH3), 190.2 (CHO).

139

Page 155: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3C0 NO2

H2CO2CH3

MS m/z: 328 (W, 100), 298 (22), 269 (20), 240 (20), 198 (58), 167 (24), 139 (41), 109

(26), 69 (34).

IR v.(cm-1 ): 1695, 1680.

4.2.44 Methyl (9-methoxy-7-[(E)-2-nitroviny1]-11H-dibenzo[b,e] [1,4]-

dioxepin-2-yl}acetate (3.81)

A solution of benzaldehyde 3.16 (50 mg, 0.152 mmol) and nitromethane (0.1 ml) in

EtOH:THF (3:1, 20 ml) containing 5% aq. KOH solution (0.5 ml) was reacted as described

for the preparation of nitrostyrene 3.48a to give 3.81 as ayellow solid (46 mg, 83%).

Mp: 127-129 °C

1 1-1 NMR 5: 3.58 (2H, s, CI-J2CO2), 3.67 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.37

(2H, s, OCH2Ph), 6.72 (1H, d, J= 2.4 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.04 (1H, d, J=

2.4 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.14 (1H, d, J= 8.1 Hz, H-4, ArH), 7.21-7.25 (2H,

m, H-1, H-3, ArH), 7.50 (1H, d, J= 13.5 Hz, oc-H, trans), 7.84 (1H, d, J= 13.5

Hz, 13-H, trans).

13 C NMR 5: 52.2 (OCH3), 56.6 (OCH3), 69.8 (OCH2Ph), 106.5 (2C, C-6, C-8), 116,7,

119.9, 122.5, 128.6, 129.9, 130.4, 131.4, 133.4, 135.9, 138.5, '145.6, 151.5,

157.1, (12ArC and C=C), 171.5 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 371 (Mt, 100), 354 (7), 341 (12), 328 (30), 312 (20), 298 (8), 181 (7), 165 (5),

151 (14), 131 (9), 91 (7), 69 (9), 59 (32), 43 (12).

IR v.(cm-1 ): 1695, 1625.

140

Page 156: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.45 2-[7-(2-Aminoethyl)-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e] [1,4]dioxepin-

2-y11-ethanol (3.82)

The title compound (427 mg, 67%) was obtained from a,f3-nitrostyrene 3.81 (750 mg, 2

mmol) as an oily substance using the method described for amino alcohol 3.53a.

'H NMR 5: 1.83 (2H, br s, NH2), 2.62 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz, CH2CH2NH2), 2.82 (2H, t, J = 6.6

Hz, CH2CH2OH), 2.91 (2H, t, J = 6.9 Hz, CH2CH2NH2), 3.77 (2H, t, J = 6.6

Hz, CH2CH2OH), 3.81 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.27 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 6.41 (1H, d, J=

2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 6.61 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.08-

7.13 (3H, m, H-1, H-3, H-4, ArH)

13C NMR 5: 38.4 (CH2CH2OH), 39.5 (CH2CH2NH2), 43.2 (CH2CH2NH2), 56.3 (OCH3),

63.4 (CH2OH), 70.3 (OCH2Ph), 107.3, 114.0, 119.9, 128.8, 129.1, 130.3,

132.7, 134.3, 136.8, 146.1, 150.8, 156.4, (12ArC).

MS m/z: 315 (NC, 83), 286 (100), 271 (44), 255 (90), 241 (39), 115 (37), 65 (41), 56

(76).

IR vn.(cm 1 ): 3350, 3270.

4.2.46 Methyl(7-hydroxymethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo [1),e] [1,4]-

dioxepin-2-yl)acetate (3.83)

H3C0 CH2OH

.H2CO2CH3

141

Page 157: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

.H2CO2CH3

Prepared from 3.16 as described for benzyl alcohol 3.54. Purified by flash chromatography

(1:1 hexane:EtOAc) and isolated as a white solid (1.80 g, 78 %)

Mp: 79-80 °C.

1H NMR 8: 2.02 (1H, br s, OH), 3.55 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.64 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3),

3.80 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.53 (2H, s, CH2OH), 5.26 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 6.59 (1H, d,

J = 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 6.78 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.0

(3H, m, H-1, H-3, H-4, ArH).

13C NIVIR 5: 40.2 (CH2CO2), 52.1 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.3 (OCH3), 64.7 (CH2OH), 70.2

(OCH2Ph), 105.3, 112.4, 119.9, 128.8, 129.4, 129.6, 130.7, 133.9, 137.7,

145.9, 150.9, 156.8, (12ArC), 171.7 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 330 (Ivr, 100), 313 (17), 299 (62), 284 (15), 271 (31), 257 (14), 241 (10), 225

(8), 211 (10), 197 (6), 181 (13), 165 (6), 149 (9), 131 (11), 115 (10), 91 (13),

77 (12), 53 (12).

1R vin.(cm 1 ): 3500, 1705, 1650.

4.2.47 Methyl (7-chloromethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b, el 11,41dio-

xepin-2-yl)acetate (3.84)

H3C0 A CH2CI

Prepared from benzyl alcohol 3.83 as described for the preparation of 3.55. Isolated as a

white solid (1.55 g, 100 %).

Mp: 85 °C.

111 NMR 8: 3.58 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.68 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3),

4.49 (2H, s, CH2C1), 5.30 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 6.61 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-

142

Page 158: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

B2CO2CH3

8, ArH), 6.80 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.11-7.23 (3H, m, H-1, H-

3, 11-5, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 40.3 (CH2CO2), 46.1 (CH2C1), 52.1 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.3 (OCH3), 70.0

(OCH2Ph), 106.9, 114.5, 119.9, 128.8, 129.5, 129.8, 130.2, 130.8, 138.5,

145.6, 151.0, 156.8, (12ArC), 171.6 (CO2CH3)

MS m/z: 350 (M+2, 35), 348 (M+, 100), 331 (3), 313 (39), 299 (26), 289 (14), 281 (15),

275 (4), 261 (10), 253 (35), 239 (9), 225 (24), 211 (15), 196 (13), 165 (19),

153 (15), 131 (17), 115 (19), 91 (31), 77 (33)

4.2.48 Methyl (7-cyanomethy1-9-methoxy-11H-dibenzo[b,e][1,41 diox

epin-2-yl)acetate (3.85)

H3C0 CH2CN

The title compound (1.31 g, 87%) was prepared from compound 3.84 as described for benzyl

cyanide 3.56. Isolated as a white solid.

Mp: 88 °C.

1H NMR 8: 3.59 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.62 (2H, s, CH2CN), 3.66 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3),

3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.30 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 6.50 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-

8, ArH), 6.69 (11-1, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.10-7.22 (3H, m, H-1, H-

3, H-4, ArH).

13 C NMR 8: 23.2 (CH2CN), 40.3 (CH2CO2), 52.1 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.5 (OCH3), 70.2

(OCH2Ph), 106.2, 113.8, 117.6, 119.9, 122.4, 128.7, 129.6, 129.8, 130.9,

138.2, 146.0, 151.4, 156.7, (13C, 12ArC and CN), 171.6 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 339 (Mt, 100), 322 (15), 308 (16), 299 (23), 280 (53), 279 (44), 252 (23), 236

(10), 221 (9), 197 (8), 181 (11), 165 (6), 149 (25), 131 (19), 115 (11), 91 (20),

77 (19).

143

Page 159: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H2CO2C1-13

IR vina„(cm-1): 2240, 1685.

4.2.49 Methyl 7-(tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-9-methoxy-11H-

dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxepin-2-yll acetate (3.17)

H3C0 NHBoc

Prepared from compound 3.85 as described for the preparation of N-Boc product 3.11a.

Isolated as a yellow solid (1.21 g, 88%).

Mp: 93 °C.

NMR 5: 1.41 (9H, s, tBu), 2.63 (2H, t, J= 6.9 Hz, CH2CH2NHBoc), 3.32 (2H, q, J= 6.0

Hz, CH2CH2NHBoc), 3.55 (2H, s, CH2CO2CH3), 3.65 (3H, s, CH2CO2CH3),

3.79 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.58 (1H, br s, NH), 5.25 (2H, s, OCH2Ph), 6.40 (1H, br s,

H-6 or H-8, ArH), 6.60 (1H, br s, H-6 or H-8, ArH), 7.07-7.18 (3H, m, H-1,

H-3, H-4, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 28.4 (3C, `Bu), 36.0 (CH2CH2NHBoc), 40.3 (CH2CO2), 41.6 (CH2NHBoc),

52.0 (CH2CO2CH3), 56.2 (OCH3), 70.0 (OCH2Ph), 79.2 [OC(CH3)3], 107.2,

113.4, 119.2, 128.8, 129.5, 130.6, 132.0, 136.9, 146.0, 150.8, 155.7, (12ArC),

156.7 (HNCO2, NIffloc), 171.6 (CO2CH3).

MS m/z: 443 (Nr, 100), 387 (71), 370 (18), 355 (6), 342

(17), 283 (12), 266 (12), 253 (31), 225 (13), 210

77 (7).

(25), 326 (78), 313 (65), 299

(7), 181 (5), 165 (5), 91 (5),

144

Page 160: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.50 Preparation of coupling reagent DMTMM (3.87)

4.2.50.1 2-Chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazene(3.86b)

2,4,6-Trichloro-1,3,5-triazene (3.86a)(18.5 g, 0.1 mol) and NaHC 0 3 (16.9 g, 0.2 mol) were

added to CH3OH (56 ml) containing H2O (5 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room

temperature. Carbon dioxide was given off as the temperature rose above 30 °C. After

stirring for 35 min at room temperature, the reaction mixture was refluxed for 30 min and

cooled to room temperature. Water (250 ml) was added and the white crystalline product that

formed was filtered, dried in vacuo overnight to give 3.86b (13.0 g, 74%), that was used for

the next step without purification.

Mp: 71 °C (lit. 7'8 72-76 °C).

NMR 8: 4.04 (20CH3).

4.2.50.2 DMTMM (3.87)

H3C0 CH3 1) 5-- Ni/—\0

CI'

NMM (2.85 ml, 26 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 3.86b (5.0 g, 28 mmol) in

THE (80 ml) at room temperature. After stirring for 30 min at the same temperature, the

white solid formed was filtered and washed twice with THE and dried in vacuo to give

DMTMM (3.87) (7.15 g, 100%).

Mp: 116 °C (lit. 9 ' 1° 116 °C)

1H NMR (CD3OD) 8: 3.54 (3H, s, NCH3), –3.90 (4H, m, 2CH2), 4.07 (2H, m, CH2), 4.10

(6H, s, 20CH3), 4.52 (2H, m, CH2).

145

Page 161: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.51 Methyl 4-{5-[2-(2-{4-15-(2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-2,3-

dimethoxyphenoxylphenyl}acetylamino)ethy1]-2,3-dimethoxy

phenoxy} phenylacetate (3.88a)

DMTMM (3.87) (310 mg, 1.12 mmol) was added to a mixture of phenylacetic acid 3.11b

(430 mg, 1 mmol) and phenethylamine 3.11a (360 mg, 1.05 mmol) in CH3OH. After stirring

overnight at room temperature, the Me0H was evaporated. The mixture was poured into

water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with saturated sodium

carbonate, water, 10 % aq. HC1, water, and brine and dried (Na2SO4). Evaporation of the

solvent in vacuo gave pure compound 3.88a (695 mg, 94%).

1HNMR 8: 1.38 (9H, s, tBu), 2.58-2.66 (4H, m, 2 CH2, Cf_12CH2NHCO), 3.23-3.39 (4H,

m, 2CH2NHCO), 3.42 and 3.51 (4H, 2CH2, CH2C0), 3.65 (3H, s,

CH2CO2CH3), 3.74 (6H, s, 20CH3), 3.79 (3H, s, OCH 3), 3.83 (3H, s, OCH3),

4.62 (1H, br s, NH), 5.58 (1H, br s, NH), 6.31 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, ArH), 6.39

(1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, ArH), 6.46 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, ArH), 6.53 (1H, d, J = 1.8

Hz, ArH), 6.82 (4H, d, J = 8.1 Hz, ArH), 7.06 (2H, d, J = 8.7 Hz, ArH), 7.17

(2H, d, J = 8.4 Hz, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 28.2 (3C, 13u), 35.4 and 36.0 (2CH2CH2NHCO), 40.2 and 40.6 (2CH2CO),

41.6 and 42.7 (2CH2NHCO), 51.9, 55.9, 56.0, 60.2 and 60.9 (50CH3), 79.0

[OC(CH3)3], 108.3, 108.5, 113.3, 113.5, 117.2 (2C, C-3"and C-5" or C-3 and

C-5, 117.4 (2C, C-3" and C-5" or C-3 and C-5), 127.9, 128.2, 128.6, 130.2 (C-

2" and C-6" or C-6 or C-2), 130.3 (C-2" and C-6" or C-2 and C-6), 134.4,

146

Page 162: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

134.8, 139.2, 139.3, 148.8, 149.0, 153.6, 156.6, 156.7, 156.9 (HNCO2), 171.4

(IINCO or CO2CH3), 171.9 (HNCO or CO2CH3)

IR v,.(cm-1 ): 3380, 3360, 1720, 1675, 1670.

4.2.52 4-(5-[2-(2-{445-(2-tert-Butoxycarbonylaminoethyl)-2,3-dime-

thoxyphenoxylphenyl}acetylamino)ethy11-2,3-dimethoxy-

phenoxy}phenylacetic acid (3.88b)

A solution of 3.88a (625 mg, 0.843 mmol) in CH3OH: H2O (3:1, 15 ml) was refluxed in the

presence of 25% aq. K2CO3 (500 mg in 2 ml H2O) for 1.45 h. The volatiles were removed

and the residue was dissolved in 2% aq. NaOH and washed with EtOAc. The aqueous layer

was acidified with 10% aq. HCI, extracted with ether and then ether extract was washed with

brine and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of the solvent in vacua gave pure compound 3.88b

(479 mg, 79%) as a white solid.

1H NMR 5: 1.41 (9H, s, 13u), 2.65 (4H, 2CH2CH2NHCO), 3.20-3.39 (4H, 2CH.2NHCO),

3.43 and 3.54 (4H, 2CH2CO), 3.77-3.85 (12H, 40CH3), 4.60 (1H, br s, NH),

5.55 (1H, br s, NH), 6.23-6.60 (4H, 4 br s, ArH), 6.80 (4H, m, ArH), 7.07-7.17

(4H, ArH).

IR vmax (cm-1): 3400, 3360, 3050, 1690, 1675, 1660.

147

Page 163: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.53 4-{5-[2-(2-14-15-(2-Aminoethyl)-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxyl-

phenyl)-acetylamino)ethy11-2,3-dimethoxyphenoxy}phenyl

acetic acid (3.88c)

To a stirred, ice cold solution of N-BOC compound 3.88b (93 mg, 0.13 mmol) in CH2C12 (2

ml) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.300 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature

overnight. The volatile components were removed and the product was isolated in

quantitative yield without any further purification as a brownish TFA salt.

11-1 NMR (DMSO) 5: 2.60-3.43 (12H, 6CH2), 3.65 (6H, 20CH3), 3.81 (6H, 20CH3), 5.50

(1H, br s, NH), 6.40 (2H, ArH), 6.60-6.78 (6H, ArH), 7.18 (4H, ArH),

NH2).

MS m/z: 644 (Mt, 8), 630 (5), 615 (2), 525 (6), 494 (15), 480 (8), 467 (9), 419

(61), 360 (68), 346 (75), 332 (16), 318 (14), 257 (13), 181 (11), 167

(14), 139 (45), 113 (100).

IR vmax (cm-1 ): 3380, 1695, 1660.

4.2.54 3-Bromo-4-hydroxy-5-methoxybenzaldehyde (3.89)

H3C0 CHO

148

Page 164: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Bromine (11.2 ml, 220 mmol) in glacial acetic (25 ml) was added dropwise for a period of 20

min to the stirred solution of vanillin (3.22) (30.0 g, 0.20 mol) in glacial acetic acid (160 ml).

Stirring was continued for 1 h after which the TLC indicated consumption of the starting

material. The precipitate formed during the process. Water was added to the mixture and the

solid product was filtered, washed several times with water and dried in vacuo to give

bromovanillin (3.89) (43.4 g, 95%) as a white solid.

Mp: 162 °C (lit. 1132 162-163 °C).

1H NMR (DMSO) 5 3.89 (6H, s, 20CH3), 7.39 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.69

(1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-2, or H-6, ArH), 9.75 (1H, s, CHO).

MS m/z: 232 (M+2, 97), 230 (NC, 100), 203 (6), 201 (7), 189 (14), 187 (14), 161

(9), 159 (10), 135 (10), 79 (17) .

IR v.a.„ (cm 1 ): 3590, 1730.

4.2.55

3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (3.90)

H3C0 CHO

H3CO

Bromovanillin (3.89) (30.0 g, 130 mmol), anhydrous K2CO3 (26.9 g, 195 mmol) and

iodomethane (12.1 ml, 195 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (200 ml) was heated at 50 °C overnight.

The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ether. The ether layer was

washed with aqueous 5% aq. NaOH, brine, water and dried. Removal of the solvent in vacuo

afforded pure dimethoxybenzaldehyde (3.90) (25.0 g, 91%) as a white solid.

Mp:

114 NMR 6:

13 C NMR 5:

MS m/z:

IR yin. (cm-1 ):

58 °C (lit. 13 62°C)

3.90 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.92 (3H, s, OCH3), 7.33 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6,

ArH), 7.61 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6), 9.81 (1H, s, CHO)

56.1 (OCH3), 60.7 (OCH3), 109.9, 117.8, 128.5, 132.8, 151.6, 153.9, (6ArC),

189.6 (CHO)

246 (M+2, 99), 244 (Mt, 100), 231 (22),229 (23), 175 (3), 173 (3).

1710, 1585.

149

Page 165: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.56 3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxybenzyl alcohol (3.91)

H3C0 A CH2OH

H3CO

Br

To the well stirred solution of benzaldehyde 3.90 (20.0 g, 82 mmol) in CH3OH (100 ml) was

slowly added NaBH4 (9.3 g, 244 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring for 1.5 h, the excess of NaBH 4

was destroyed by careful addition of 10% aq. HC1. The volatiles were evaporated and the

residue was extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc extract was washed with saturated aq.

NaHCO3 and water. Drying of the solvent over MgSO4 followed by the removal of the

solvent gave pure benzyl alcohol 3.91 (9.4 g, 96%) as an oily substance.

I HNMR 8: 3.80 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.82 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.55 (2H, s, C1I2OH), 6.79 (1H, d, J=

2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.0 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 55.8 (OCH3), 60.4 (OCH3), 63.8 (CH2OH), 109.9, 117.09, 122.4, 138.2, 144.9,

153.2, (6ArC).

MS m/z: 248 (M+2, 70), 244 (M% 71), 232 (35), 230 (35), 217 (6), 215 (7), 201 (6), 199

(7), 175 (10), 167 (16), 151 (100), 137 (41), 124 (28), 96 (61), 77 (30), 69 (27)

1R vn,a„ (cm 1): 3500 (OH).

4.2.57 3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxybenzyl chloride (3.92)

H300 CH2C1

• H3CO

To the solution of benzyl alcohol 3.91 (13.7 g, 56 mmol) in anhydrous CHC13 (20 ml) was

added thionyl chloride (12.3 ml, 167 mmol) in anhydrous CHC13 (10 ml) at 0 °C. The

solution was stirred for 1 h at the same temperature, poured into ice water and extracted with

CHC13. The CHC13 extract was washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, brine, water and

evaporated. Flash chromatography (4:1 hexane:EtOAc) gave benzyl chloride 3.92 (12.0 g, 82

%) as a white solid.

150

Page 166: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

Mp: 53 °C

1H NMR 8: 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.89 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.48 (2H, s, CH2C1), 6.75 (111, J= 2.1

Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.15 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 45.0 (CH2C1), 55.7 (OCH3), 60.1 (OCH3), 111.4, 117.6, 124.2, 133.8, 146.0,

153.2, (6ArC).

MS m/z: 268 (M+2, 10), 266 (40), 231 (94), 229 (100), 215 (1), 142 (2), 120 (4), 107

(5) .

4.2.58 3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenylacetonitrile (3.93)

H300 A CH2CN

H3CO

Br

Benzyl chloride 3.92 (10.8 g, 41 mmol) and sodium cyanide (10.0 g, 204 mmol) in dimethyl

sulphoxide (50 ml) were heated at 40 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into

water and extracted with EtOAc. The EtOAc extract was washed several times with water,

brine, evaporated and flash chromatographed (7:3 hexane:EtOAc) to give phenylacetonitrile

3.93 (7.8 g, 74%)

1H NMR 8: 3.66 (2H, s, CH2CN), 3.82 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.79 (1H, J=

2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.06 (1H, d, J= 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH).

13 C NMR 8: 23.1 (CH2CN), 56.1 (OCH3), 60.6 (OCH3), 111.2, 117.2, 118.0, 124.0, 126.7,

146.2, 153.9, (7C, 6ArC and CN).

MS m/z: 257 (M+2, 94), 255 (M+, 97), 242 (51), 240 (51), 231 (6), 229 (6), 187 (10),

185 (11), 167 (10), 149 (75), 133 (100), 104 (19), 90 (43), 77 (24), 71 (29).

IR vnia„ (cm-1 ): 2250.

151

Page 167: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

H3C

4.2.59 3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenylacetic acid (3.23)

H3CO OH

Br

To the solution of phenylacetonitrile 3.93 (4.5 g, 18 mmol) in CH3OH (100 ml) was added

25% aq. NaOH (35 ml) and the reaction was heated at reflux until the evolution of ammonia

has ceased (indicator paper, 24 h). The CH3OH was evaporated and the aqueous residue was

washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with 15% aq. HC1 and extracted with

EtOAc. The EtOAc extract was washed with brine, water and evaporated in vacuo to give the

acid as a pale yellow solid 3.23 (3.91 g, 81%).

Mp: 99-100 °C.

1HNMR E.: 3.57 (2H, s, CH2CO2H), 3.80 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.85 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.78 (1H, d,

J = 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 7.05 (1H, d, J = 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 40.4 (CH2CO2), 56.1 (OCH3), 60.5 (OCH3), 112.8, 117.5, 125.4, 130.0, 145.0,

153.5, (6ArC), 179.0 (CO2H).

MS m/z: 276 (M+2, 97), 274 (M+, 100), 261 (18), 259 (19), 231 (64), 229 (63), 217 (5),

185(11), 167 (3), 149 (7), 108 (14), 89 (10), 77 (31).

IR vn.(cm-1 ): 3050, 1715.

4.2.60 (S)-2-[3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxypheny1)-N-(1-phenylethyl)

acetamide (3.94).

Commercial S-(-)-1-phenethylamine used was found to have [a]D 25 = -36.3 (c = 1.23 CHC1 3).

To a solution of S-(-)-1-phenylethylamine (1.26, 10.4 mmol) and phenylacetic acid 3.23 (2.6

g, 9.4 mmol) in CH3OH:H20 (10:1, 50 ml) was added DMTMM (3.87) (2.6 g, 9.4 mmol) and

stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting residue was poured into water and

152

Page 168: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

extrated with ether. The ether layer was washed successively with saturated Na2CO3, water,

10% aq. HC1, water, brine and dried (MgSO4). Evaporation of the solvent gave amide 3.94

(3.6 g, 100%) as a white solid.

Mp: 122 °C.

1H NMR 8: 1.42 (3H, d, J = 6.9 Hz, CHCH3), 3.44 (2H, s, CH2C0), 3.79 (3H, s, OCH3),

3.82 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.11 (1H, q, J = 6.9 Hz, CHCH3), 5.95 (1H, br s, NH),

6.74 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 6.98 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6,

ArH), 7.18-7.29 (5H, m, ArH).

13 C NMR 8: 21.6 (CH3), 42.9' (CH2CO2), 48.8 (CHNH), 56.0 (OCH3), 60.5 (OCH3), 112.4,

117.6, 125.1, 125.2, 126.1 (2C), 127.3, 128.5 (2C), 130.8, 142.8, 153.4,

(12ArC), 169.2 (HNCO).

MS m/z: 379 (M+2, 33), 377 (Mt, 34), 231 (75), 229 (74), 217 (5), 214 (6), 161 (4), 151

(6), 120 (11), 105 (100), 90 (6), 77 (30).

IR vm.(cm-1 ):1705, 1680.

[4325 = -24.5 (c = 1.46 CHC1 3).

4.2.61 (S)-N42-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyll-1-phenylethyl-

amine (3.95)

1;r CH3 }13

To a solution of acetamide 3.94 (1.3 g, 3.4 mmol) in anhydrous THE (10 ml) was slowly

added BF3.Et20 complex (0.6 ml, 20 mmol) and 1M solution of BH3.THF (15 ml, 15 mmol)

complex at room temperature. After cooling to room temperature, the excess reagent was

decomposed with 6N aq. HC1. The aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc, basified with

10% aq. KOH and extracted with CH2C12. The CH2C12 was washed with water and

evaporated in vacuo to give pure amine 3.95 (630 mg, 54%) as an oily substance.

1H NMR 8: 1.34 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz, CHCH3), 1.48 (1H, br s, NH), 2.60-2.75 (4H, m,

CH2C1I2NH), 3.71 (1H, m, CH), 3.80 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.82 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.63

153

Page 169: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

(1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 6.92 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6,

ArH), 7.18-7.29 (5H, m, ArH).

'3C NMR 8: 24.3 (CH3), 35.9 (CH2CH2NH), 48.4 (CH2CH2NH), 55.9 (OCH3), 58.1

(CH2NHCH), 60.4 (OCH3), 112.0, 117.3, 124.3, 126.3 (2C), 126.8, 128.2 (2C),

137.3, 144.5, 145.3, 153.3, (12ArC).

MS m/z: 366 (3), 364 (M+1, 2), 231 (12, 229 (12), 149 (2), 118 (5), 105 (100), 91 (9),

77 (30), 57 (8).

[4325 = -36.1 (c = 0.89 CHC13).

4.2.62 (S)-N-[2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethy1]-2-(4-isopropyl-

oxyphenyI)-N-(1-phenyl-ethyl)acetamide (3.96)

(S)-amine 3.95 (1.0 g, 2.74 mmol) and 4-isopropyloxyphenylacetic acid (529 mg, 2.73 mmol),

prepared from 4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid and isopropyl bromide in 25% aq. ethanolic

solution and DMTMM (3.87) (769 mg, 2.88 mmol) in THF:H20 (10:1, 30 ml) was stirred

overnight to obtain title amide (1.25 g, 85%) under the same conditions described for (5)-

amide 3.94. The compound was isolated as an oily substance and was used without further

purification.

'H NMR 8: Inseparable mixtures of two rotamers (E and Z): 1.37 [6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz,

CH(CH3)2], 1.45 (3H, J= 6.6 Hz, CHCLI3), 2.15-2.74, 3.19-3.3 (4H, m, 2CH2),

3.78, 3.80 (6H, s, 20CH3), 3.99 (2H, CH2), 4.50 (1H, m, OCH), 5.20 (1H, q, J

= 6.6 Hz, CHCH3), 6.25-7.15 (6H, m, ArH), 7.20-7.41 (5H, m, ArH).

MS m/z: 541 (M+2, 7), 539 (1\e, 7), 504 (1), 502 (1), 376 (5), 374 (5), 297 (27), 244

(60), 242 (60), 231

(98), 107 (100), 91

(16),

(19),

229 (20), 206 (11),

77.

183 (2), 169 (20), 164 (79), 134

111. v.(cm 1): 1640.

154

Page 170: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

[a]D25 = -44.6 (c = 1.01 CHC13).

4.2.63 (S)-8-Bromo-1-(4-isopropyloxybenzy1)-6,7-dimethoxy-2-( 1-

phenylethy1)1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (3.98)

The mixture of 3.96 (500 mg, 0.926 mmol) and excess POC13 (2 ml, 23 eq.) in anhydrous

benzene (5 ml) was refluxed overnight. The volatiles were evaporated on rotary evaporator

and then on a high vacuum pump for 3 h. The residue was dissolved in anhydrous CH3OH

and cooled to —78 °C. NaBH4 was added in portions and stirring was continued at the same

temperature for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the excess of NaBH4 was

decomposed with 10% aq. HCI and the volatiles were evaporated. The residue was basified

with 15% aq. KOH and extracted with CHC13. The CHC13 extract was washed with water and

evaporated in vacuo and the residue obtained was chromatographed with hexane:EtOAc (4:1)

to give the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline 3.98 (340 mg, 70%) as a yellow oil.

1 H NMR 8: 1.25 (3H, d, J= 6.6 Hz, CHCH3), 1.38 [6H, d, J= 6.0 Hz, CH(CH3)2], 2.40-3.0

(5H, m), 3.10-3.63 (3H, m), 3.84 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.87 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.58 [1H,

m, CH(CH3)2], 6.65 (1H, s, H-5, ArH), 6.76-7.14 (9H, m, ArH).

13C NMR 8: 21.7 (CHCH3), 22.2 [CH(CH3)2], 23.0 (C-4), 38.1 (C-3), 38.7 (C-a), 55.9

(OCH3), 58.9 (NCHCH3 or C-1), 60.4 (OCH3), 60.4 (C-1 or NHCHCH3), 69.8

[OC(CH3)2], 111.8, 115.3 (2C, C-3', C-5'), 119.7, 126.3, 127.3 (2C, C-2' and

C-6' or C-2" and C-6"), 127.7 (2C, C-2' and C-6' or C-2" and C-6"), 130.1,

130.3 (2C, C-3", C-5"), 132.1, 132.2, 144.4, 145.3, 151.3, 155.8, (18ArC).

MS m/z: 526 (25), 524 (M+1, 27), 376 (100), 374 (99), 296 (61), 289 (6), 279 (18), 272

(50), 270 (52), 258 (6), 192 (4), 149 (3).

[a]D25 = +78.6 (c = 1.56 CHC13).

155

Page 171: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.64 (R)-2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxypheny1)-N-(1-phenylethyl)

acetamide(3.99)

Commercial R-(+)-1-phenethylamine used was found to have [c(]13 25 = +34.3 (c = 1.70

CHC13).

The title compound (1.19 g, 100%) was prepared from R-(+)-1-phenylethylamine (420 mg,

3.5 mmol) and phenylacetic acid 3.23 (867 mg, 3.13 mmol) in CH3OH:H20 (10:1, 20 ml)

using DMTMM (3.87) (864 mg, 3.13 mmol) as descibed for compound 3.94. The compound

was isolated as a white solid.

Mp: 122 °C.

'H NMR 8: 1.43 (3H, d, J= 6.9 Hz, CHCH3), 3.43 (2H, s, CH2CO2), 3.80 (3H, s, OCH3),

3.82 (3H, s, OCH3), 5.11 (1H; q, J = 6.9 Hz, CHCH3), 5.95 (1H, br s, NH),

6.74 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 6.99 (1H, d, J= 1.8 Hz, H-2 or H-6,

ArH), 7.18-7.29 (5H, m, ArH).

13C NMR 8 21.7 (CH3), 42.9 (CH2CO2), 48.8 (CHNH), 55.9 (OCH3), 60.5 (OCH3, 112.4,

117.6, 125.1, 125.2, 126.0 (2C), 127.3, 128.5 (2C), 132.0, 142.8, 153.6, 169.2

(NHCO).

MS m/z: 379 (M+2, 33), 377 (Mt, 34), 231 (75), 229 (74), 217 (5), 214 (6), 161 (4), 151

(6), 120 (11), 105 (100), 90 (6), 77 (30).

lR vn.(cm-1 ): 1705, 1670.

[a]D25 = +21.8 (c = 1.03 CHC13).

156

Page 172: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.2.65 (R)-N-[2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethy1]-1-phenyl-

ethylamine(3.100)

- iii,. :13

The title compound 3.100 (4.2 g, 61%) was prepared from acetamide 3.99 (7.2 g, 19 mmol) as

described for amine 3.95.

1 11 NMR 5: 1.35 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz, CHCH3), 1.50 (1H, br s, NH), 2.60-2.75 (4H, m,

CLI2CH2NH), 3.71 (1H, m, CH), 3.80 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.82 (3H, s, OCH3), 6.64

(1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6, ArH), 6.94 (1H, d, J = 2.1 Hz, H-2 or H-6,

ArH), 7.18-7.29 (5H, m, ArH).

13C NMR 5: 24.3 (CH3), 35.9 (CH2CH2NH), 48.4 (CH2NH), 55.9 (OCH 3), 58.1 (NHCH),

60.4 (OCH3), 112.0, 117.3, 124.3, 126.3 (2C), 126.8, 128.3 (2C), 137.3, 144.5,

145.3, 153.3, (12ArC).

MS m/z: Identical to 3.95.

[a]D25 = +31.2 (c = 4.32 CHCI3).

4.2.66 (R)-N-[2-(3-Bromo-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethy1]-2-(4-isopropyl-

oxypheny1)-N-(1-phenylethyl)acetamide (3.101)

The title amide (85%) was obtained from amine 3.100 and 4-isopropyloxyphenylacetic acid

under the same conditions described for amide 3.96.

1H NMR 5: Identical chemical shifts to 3.96.

157

Page 173: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

MS m/z: Identical to 3.96.

IR vm. (cm-1): 1640.

[a]D25 = +42.9 (c = 1.10 CHC13).

4.2.67 (R)-8-Bromo-1-(4-isopropyloxybenzy1)-6,7-dimethoxy-2-(1-

phenylethyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (3.103)

Amide 3.101 was cyclised and reduced to give an oily 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline 3.103 in

70 % yield as described for tetrahydroisoquinoline 3.98.

IHNNIR 8: 1.25 (3H, d, J = 6.3 Hz, CHCH3), 1.39 (6H, d, J = 6.3 Hz, CH(CH3)2), 2.41-

3.00 (5H, m), 3.10-3.65 (3H, m), 3.84 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.86 (3H, s, OCH3), 4.58

(1H, m, CH(CH3)2), 6.65 (1H, s, H-5, ArH), 6.76-7.15 (9H, m, ArH).

13C NMEt 6: 21.8 (CHCH3), 22.9 [CH(CH3)2], 23.0 (C-4), 38.2 (C-3), 38.8 (C-a), 55.9

(OCH3), 58.9 (NCHCH3 or C-1), 60.4 (C-1 or NHCHCH3), 60.5 (OCH3), 69.9

[OC(CH3)2], 111.9, 115.3 (2C, C-3', C-5'), 119.8, 126.3, 127.4 (2C, C-2' and

C-6' or C-2" and C-6"), 127.8 (2C, C-2' and C-6' or C-2" and C-6"), 130.2,

130.4 (2C, C-3", C-5"), 132.2, 132.3, 144.4, 145.4, 151.4, 155.9, (12ArC).

MS m/z: Identical to 3.98.

[4325 = -83.7 (c = 1.33 CHC13).

158

Page 174: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

4.3 References

D.D. Perrin and W.L.F. Armarego, Purification of Laboratory Chemicals (3rd Ed),

Pergamon, Oxford, 1988.

H.N. Elsohly, G.-E. Ma, C.E. Turner and M.A. Elsohly, J. Nat. Prod, 1984, 47, 445.

G.R. Pettit and S.B. Singh, Can. J. Chem., 1987, 65, 2390.

R.K. Boeckman, P. Shao and J.J. Mullins, Org. Synth., 1999, 77, 141.

D.B. Dess and J.C. Martin, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1991, 113, 7277.

A. Aranyos, D.W. Old, A. Kiyomori, J. Wolfe, J.P. Sadighi and S.L. Buchwald, J. Am.

Chem. Soc., 1999, 121, 4369

J.S. Cronin, F.O. Ginah, A.R. Murray and J.D. Copp, Synth. Commun., 1996, 26,

3491.

J.R. Dudley, J.T. Thuyrston, F.C. Schaefer, D. Holm-Hansen, C.J. Hull and P. Adams,

J. Am. Chem. Soc., 1951, 73, 2986.

M. Kunishima, C. Kawachi, J. Morita, K. Terao, F. Iwasaki and S. Tani, Tetrahedron,

1999, 55, 13159.

M. Kunishima, C. Kawachi, K. Hioki, K. Terao and S. Tani, Tetrahedron, 2001, 57,

1551.

Z. Yang, H.B. Liu, C.M. Lee, H.M. Chang and H.N.C. Wong, J. Org. Chem, 1992, 57,

7248.

D.V. Rao and F.A. Stuber, Synthesis, 1983, 308.

D.P. Venter and J.H. Langenhoven, S. Afr. J. Chem., 1996, 49, 40.

159

Page 175: MUNAKA CHRISTOPHER MAUMELA THESIS PHILOSOPHIAE …

hlaCl.M Air kaanM Weld murvmunmom ImUUMESK-VMMMMWETLEERARY

PDERVEMM-wDZM N AUMaAMMTARK

2X 2E6092.1165